diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc')
72 files changed, 611 insertions, 582 deletions
diff --git a/doc/emacs/calendar.texi b/doc/emacs/calendar.texi index cf13b787962..cd1e15b3b56 100644 --- a/doc/emacs/calendar.texi +++ b/doc/emacs/calendar.texi | |||
| @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Generate a one-month calendar (@code{cal-html-cursor-month}). | |||
| 372 | @item H y | 372 | @item H y |
| 373 | Generate a calendar file for each month of a year, as well as an index | 373 | Generate a calendar file for each month of a year, as well as an index |
| 374 | page (@code{cal-html-cursor-year}). By default, this command writes | 374 | page (@code{cal-html-cursor-year}). By default, this command writes |
| 375 | files to a @var{yyyy} subdirectory - if this is altered some hyperlinks | 375 | files to a @var{yyyy} subdirectory---if this is altered some hyperlinks |
| 376 | between years will not work. | 376 | between years will not work. |
| 377 | @end table | 377 | @end table |
| 378 | 378 | ||
diff --git a/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi b/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi index 44df5e1bf46..09930606b99 100644 --- a/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi +++ b/doc/emacs/emacs-xtra.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @copying | 11 | @copying |
| 12 | This manual describes specialized features of Emacs. | 12 | This manual describes specialized features of Emacs. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ modify this GNU manual.'' | |||
| 53 | @menu | 53 | @menu |
| 54 | * Introduction:: What documentation belongs here? | 54 | * Introduction:: What documentation belongs here? |
| 55 | @iftex | 55 | @iftex |
| 56 | * Picture Mode:: Editing pictures made up of characters using | 56 | * Picture Mode:: Editing pictures made up of characters using |
| 57 | the quarter-plane screen model. | 57 | the quarter-plane screen model. |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | * Autorevert:: Auto Reverting non-file buffers. | 59 | * Autorevert:: Auto Reverting non-file buffers. |
diff --git a/doc/emacs/emacs.texi b/doc/emacs/emacs.texi index 423435ae111..95ba9ca18b0 100644 --- a/doc/emacs/emacs.texi +++ b/doc/emacs/emacs.texi | |||
| @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ This is the @cite{GNU Emacs Manual}, | |||
| 26 | @end ifnottex | 26 | @end ifnottex |
| 27 | updated for Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}. | 27 | updated for Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}. |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | Copyright @copyright{} 1985-1987, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 29 | Copyright @copyright{} 1985--1987, 1993--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | @quotation | 31 | @quotation |
| 32 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 32 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/emacs/glossary.texi b/doc/emacs/glossary.texi index c4f27a209fb..5131ec4708f 100644 --- a/doc/emacs/glossary.texi +++ b/doc/emacs/glossary.texi | |||
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ | |||
| 6 | @unnumbered Glossary | 6 | @unnumbered Glossary |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | @table @asis | 8 | @table @asis |
| 9 | @anchor{Glossary - Abbrev} | 9 | @anchor{Glossary---Abbrev} |
| 10 | @item Abbrev | 10 | @item Abbrev |
| 11 | An abbrev is a text string that expands into a different text string | 11 | An abbrev is a text string that expands into a different text string |
| 12 | when present in the buffer. For example, you might define a few letters | 12 | when present in the buffer. For example, you might define a few letters |
| @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ key labeled @key{ALT} that is really a @key{META} key.) @xref{User | |||
| 29 | Input, Alt}. | 29 | Input, Alt}. |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | @item Argument | 31 | @item Argument |
| 32 | @xref{Glossary - Numeric Argument}. | 32 | @xref{Glossary---Numeric Argument}. |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | @item @acronym{ASCII} character | 34 | @item @acronym{ASCII} character |
| 35 | An @acronym{ASCII} character is either an @acronym{ASCII} control | 35 | An @acronym{ASCII} character is either an @acronym{ASCII} control |
| @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ function from those libraries. This is called `autoloading'. | |||
| 63 | A backtrace is a trace of a series of function calls showing how a | 63 | A backtrace is a trace of a series of function calls showing how a |
| 64 | program arrived at a certain point. It is used mainly for finding and | 64 | program arrived at a certain point. It is used mainly for finding and |
| 65 | correcting bugs (q.v.). Emacs can display a backtrace when it signals | 65 | correcting bugs (q.v.). Emacs can display a backtrace when it signals |
| 66 | an error or when you type @kbd{C-g} (@pxref{Glossary - Quitting}). | 66 | an error or when you type @kbd{C-g} (@pxref{Glossary---Quitting}). |
| 67 | @xref{Checklist}. | 67 | @xref{Checklist}. |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | @item Backup File | 69 | @item Backup File |
| @@ -79,14 +79,14 @@ Automatic balancing works by blinking or highlighting the delimiter | |||
| 79 | that matches the one you just inserted, or inserting the matching | 79 | that matches the one you just inserted, or inserting the matching |
| 80 | delimiter for you (@pxref{Matching,,Matching Parens}). | 80 | delimiter for you (@pxref{Matching,,Matching Parens}). |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | @anchor{Glossary - Balanced Expression} | 82 | @anchor{Glossary---Balanced Expression} |
| 83 | @item Balanced Expressions | 83 | @item Balanced Expressions |
| 84 | A balanced expression is a syntactically recognizable expression, such | 84 | A balanced expression is a syntactically recognizable expression, such |
| 85 | as a symbol, number, string constant, block, or parenthesized expression | 85 | as a symbol, number, string constant, block, or parenthesized expression |
| 86 | in C@. @xref{Expressions,Balanced Expressions}. | 86 | in C@. @xref{Expressions,Balanced Expressions}. |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | @item Balloon Help | 88 | @item Balloon Help |
| 89 | @xref{Glossary - Tooltips}. | 89 | @xref{Glossary---Tooltips}. |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | @item Base Buffer | 91 | @item Base Buffer |
| 92 | A base buffer is a buffer whose text is shared by an indirect buffer | 92 | A base buffer is a buffer whose text is shared by an indirect buffer |
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ is `bidirectional text'. @xref{Bidirectional Editing}. | |||
| 102 | To bind a key sequence means to give it a binding (q.v.). | 102 | To bind a key sequence means to give it a binding (q.v.). |
| 103 | @xref{Rebinding}. | 103 | @xref{Rebinding}. |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | @anchor{Glossary - Binding} | 105 | @anchor{Glossary---Binding} |
| 106 | @item Binding | 106 | @item Binding |
| 107 | A key sequence gets its meaning in Emacs by having a binding, which is a | 107 | A key sequence gets its meaning in Emacs by having a binding, which is a |
| 108 | command (q.v.), a Lisp function that is run when you type that | 108 | command (q.v.), a Lisp function that is run when you type that |
| @@ -151,12 +151,12 @@ A button down event is the kind of input event (q.v.@:) generated | |||
| 151 | right away when you press down on a mouse button. @xref{Mouse Buttons}. | 151 | right away when you press down on a mouse button. @xref{Mouse Buttons}. |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | @item By Default | 153 | @item By Default |
| 154 | @xref{Glossary - Default}. | 154 | @xref{Glossary---Default}. |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | @item Byte Compilation | 156 | @item Byte Compilation |
| 157 | @xref{Glossary - Compilation}. | 157 | @xref{Glossary---Compilation}. |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | @anchor{Glossary - C-} | 159 | @anchor{Glossary---C-} |
| 160 | @item @kbd{C-} | 160 | @item @kbd{C-} |
| 161 | @kbd{C-} in the name of a character is an abbreviation for Control. | 161 | @kbd{C-} in the name of a character is an abbreviation for Control. |
| 162 | @xref{User Input,C-}. | 162 | @xref{User Input,C-}. |
| @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Emacs supports a number of character sets, each of which represents a | |||
| 181 | particular alphabet or script. @xref{International}. | 181 | particular alphabet or script. @xref{International}. |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| 183 | @item Character Terminal | 183 | @item Character Terminal |
| 184 | @xref{Glossary - Text Terminal}. | 184 | @xref{Glossary---Text Terminal}. |
| 185 | 185 | ||
| 186 | @item Click Event | 186 | @item Click Event |
| 187 | A click event is the kind of input event (q.v.@:) generated when you | 187 | A click event is the kind of input event (q.v.@:) generated when you |
| @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ press a mouse button and release it without moving the mouse. | |||
| 189 | @xref{Mouse Buttons}. | 189 | @xref{Mouse Buttons}. |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | @item Client | 191 | @item Client |
| 192 | @xref{Glossary - Server}. | 192 | @xref{Glossary---Server}. |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | @item Clipboard | 194 | @item Clipboard |
| 195 | A clipboard is a buffer provided by the window system for transferring | 195 | A clipboard is a buffer provided by the window system for transferring |
| @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ binding (q.v.@:) is looked up in the relevant keymaps (q.v.@:) to find | |||
| 211 | the command to run. @xref{Commands}. | 211 | the command to run. @xref{Commands}. |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | @item Command History | 213 | @item Command History |
| 214 | @xref{Glossary - Minibuffer History}. | 214 | @xref{Glossary---Minibuffer History}. |
| 215 | 215 | ||
| 216 | @item Command Name | 216 | @item Command Name |
| 217 | A command name is the name of a Lisp symbol that is a command | 217 | A command name is the name of a Lisp symbol that is a command |
| @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Common Lisp is a dialect of Lisp (q.v.@:) much larger and more powerful | |||
| 229 | than Emacs Lisp. Emacs provides a subset of Common Lisp in the CL | 229 | than Emacs Lisp. Emacs provides a subset of Common Lisp in the CL |
| 230 | package. @xref{Top, Common Lisp, Overview, cl, Common Lisp Extensions}. | 230 | package. @xref{Top, Common Lisp, Overview, cl, Common Lisp Extensions}. |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| 232 | @anchor{Glossary - Compilation} | 232 | @anchor{Glossary---Compilation} |
| 233 | @item Compilation | 233 | @item Compilation |
| 234 | Compilation is the process of creating an executable program from source | 234 | Compilation is the process of creating an executable program from source |
| 235 | code. Emacs has commands for compiling files of Emacs Lisp code | 235 | code. Emacs has commands for compiling files of Emacs Lisp code |
| @@ -254,10 +254,10 @@ is known; for example, on command names, buffer names, and | |||
| 254 | file names. Completion usually occurs when @key{TAB}, @key{SPC} or | 254 | file names. Completion usually occurs when @key{TAB}, @key{SPC} or |
| 255 | @key{RET} is typed. @xref{Completion}.@refill | 255 | @key{RET} is typed. @xref{Completion}.@refill |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | @anchor{Glossary - Continuation Line} | 257 | @anchor{Glossary---Continuation Line} |
| 258 | @item Continuation Line | 258 | @item Continuation Line |
| 259 | When a line of text is longer than the width of the window, it | 259 | When a line of text is longer than the width of the window, it |
| 260 | normally (but see @ref{Glossary - Truncation}) takes up more than one | 260 | normally (but see @ref{Glossary---Truncation}) takes up more than one |
| 261 | screen line when displayed. We say that the text line is continued, and all | 261 | screen line when displayed. We say that the text line is continued, and all |
| 262 | screen lines used for it after the first are called continuation | 262 | screen lines used for it after the first are called continuation |
| 263 | lines. @xref{Continuation Lines}. A related Emacs feature is | 263 | lines. @xref{Continuation Lines}. A related Emacs feature is |
| @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ GNU General Public License. @xref{Copying}. | |||
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | @item @key{CTRL} | 283 | @item @key{CTRL} |
| 284 | The @key{CTRL} or ``control'' key is what you hold down | 284 | The @key{CTRL} or ``control'' key is what you hold down |
| 285 | in order to enter a control character (q.v.). @xref{Glossary - C-}. | 285 | in order to enter a control character (q.v.). @xref{Glossary---C-}. |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| 287 | @item Current Buffer | 287 | @item Current Buffer |
| 288 | The current buffer in Emacs is the Emacs buffer on which most editing | 288 | The current buffer in Emacs is the Emacs buffer on which most editing |
| @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ or by rebinding key sequences (@pxref{Keymaps}). | |||
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | @cindex cut and paste | 318 | @cindex cut and paste |
| 319 | @item Cut and Paste | 319 | @item Cut and Paste |
| 320 | @xref{Glossary - Killing}, and @ref{Glossary - Yanking}. | 320 | @xref{Glossary---Killing}, and @ref{Glossary---Yanking}. |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| 322 | @anchor{Glossary - Daemon} | 322 | @anchor{Glossary---Daemon} |
| 323 | @item Daemon | 323 | @item Daemon |
| 324 | A daemon is a standard term for a system-level process that runs in the | 324 | A daemon is a standard term for a system-level process that runs in the |
| 325 | background. Daemons are often started when the system first starts up. | 325 | background. Daemons are often started when the system first starts up. |
| @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ do not specify one. When the minibuffer is used to read an argument, | |||
| 333 | the default argument is used if you just type @key{RET}. | 333 | the default argument is used if you just type @key{RET}. |
| 334 | @xref{Minibuffer}. | 334 | @xref{Minibuffer}. |
| 335 | 335 | ||
| 336 | @anchor{Glossary - Default} | 336 | @anchor{Glossary---Default} |
| 337 | @item Default | 337 | @item Default |
| 338 | A default is the value that is used for a certain purpose when | 338 | A default is the value that is used for a certain purpose when |
| 339 | you do not explicitly specify a value to use. | 339 | you do not explicitly specify a value to use. |
| @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ key or the @key{BACKSPACE} key, whichever one is easy to type. | |||
| 360 | Deletion means erasing text without copying it into the kill ring | 360 | Deletion means erasing text without copying it into the kill ring |
| 361 | (q.v.). The alternative is killing (q.v.). @xref{Killing,Deletion}. | 361 | (q.v.). The alternative is killing (q.v.). @xref{Killing,Deletion}. |
| 362 | 362 | ||
| 363 | @anchor{Glossary - Deletion of Files} | 363 | @anchor{Glossary---Deletion of Files} |
| 364 | @item Deletion of Files | 364 | @item Deletion of Files |
| 365 | Deleting a file means erasing it from the file system. | 365 | Deleting a file means erasing it from the file system. |
| 366 | (Note that some systems use the concept of a ``trash can'', or ``recycle | 366 | (Note that some systems use the concept of a ``trash can'', or ``recycle |
| @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ File directories are named collections in the file system, within which | |||
| 384 | you can place individual files or subdirectories. They are sometimes | 384 | you can place individual files or subdirectories. They are sometimes |
| 385 | referred to as ``folders''. @xref{Directories}. | 385 | referred to as ``folders''. @xref{Directories}. |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| 387 | @anchor{Glossary - Directory Local Variable} | 387 | @anchor{Glossary---Directory Local Variable} |
| 388 | @item Directory Local Variable | 388 | @item Directory Local Variable |
| 389 | A directory local variable is a local variable (q.v.@:) that applies | 389 | A directory local variable is a local variable (q.v.@:) that applies |
| 390 | to all the files within a certain directory. @xref{Directory | 390 | to all the files within a certain directory. @xref{Directory |
| @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ else as well. For example, some programming language major modes define | |||
| 436 | particular delimiter characters to reindent the line, or insert one or | 436 | particular delimiter characters to reindent the line, or insert one or |
| 437 | more newlines in addition to self-insertion. | 437 | more newlines in addition to self-insertion. |
| 438 | 438 | ||
| 439 | @anchor{Glossary - End Of Line} | 439 | @anchor{Glossary---End Of Line} |
| 440 | @item End Of Line | 440 | @item End Of Line |
| 441 | End of line is a character or a sequence of characters that indicate | 441 | End of line is a character or a sequence of characters that indicate |
| 442 | the end of a text line. On GNU and Unix systems, this is a newline | 442 | the end of a text line. On GNU and Unix systems, this is a newline |
| @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ variables in the environment it passes to programs it invokes. | |||
| 452 | @xref{Environment}. | 452 | @xref{Environment}. |
| 453 | 453 | ||
| 454 | @item EOL | 454 | @item EOL |
| 455 | @xref{Glossary - End Of Line}. | 455 | @xref{Glossary---End Of Line}. |
| 456 | 456 | ||
| 457 | @item Error | 457 | @item Error |
| 458 | An error occurs when an Emacs command cannot execute in the current | 458 | An error occurs when an Emacs command cannot execute in the current |
| @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ typed), you press the @key{ESC} key as you would press a letter key, and | |||
| 477 | it applies to the next character you type. | 477 | it applies to the next character you type. |
| 478 | 478 | ||
| 479 | @item Expression | 479 | @item Expression |
| 480 | @xref{Glossary - Balanced Expression}. | 480 | @xref{Glossary---Balanced Expression}. |
| 481 | 481 | ||
| 482 | @item Expunging | 482 | @item Expunging |
| 483 | Expunging an Rmail, Gnus newsgroup, or Dired buffer is an operation | 483 | Expunging an Rmail, Gnus newsgroup, or Dired buffer is an operation |
| @@ -494,10 +494,10 @@ order to display that text as specified by the face attributes. | |||
| 494 | 494 | ||
| 495 | @item File Local Variable | 495 | @item File Local Variable |
| 496 | A file local variable is a local variable (q.v.@:) specified in a | 496 | A file local variable is a local variable (q.v.@:) specified in a |
| 497 | given file. @xref{File Variables}, and @ref{Glossary - Directory | 497 | given file. @xref{File Variables}, and @ref{Glossary---Directory |
| 498 | Local Variable}. | 498 | Local Variable}. |
| 499 | 499 | ||
| 500 | @anchor{Glossary - File Locking} | 500 | @anchor{Glossary---File Locking} |
| 501 | @item File Locking | 501 | @item File Locking |
| 502 | Emacs uses file locking to notice when two different users | 502 | Emacs uses file locking to notice when two different users |
| 503 | start to edit one file at the same time. @xref{Interlocking}. | 503 | start to edit one file at the same time. @xref{Interlocking}. |
| @@ -530,14 +530,14 @@ The fill prefix is a string that should be expected at the beginning | |||
| 530 | of each line when filling is done. It is not regarded as part of the | 530 | of each line when filling is done. It is not regarded as part of the |
| 531 | text to be filled. @xref{Filling}. | 531 | text to be filled. @xref{Filling}. |
| 532 | 532 | ||
| 533 | @anchor{Glossary - Filling} | 533 | @anchor{Glossary---Filling} |
| 534 | @item Filling | 534 | @item Filling |
| 535 | Filling text means adjusting the position of line-breaks to shift text | 535 | Filling text means adjusting the position of line-breaks to shift text |
| 536 | between consecutive lines, so that all the lines are approximately the | 536 | between consecutive lines, so that all the lines are approximately the |
| 537 | same length. @xref{Filling}. Some other editors call this feature | 537 | same length. @xref{Filling}. Some other editors call this feature |
| 538 | ``line wrapping''. | 538 | ``line wrapping''. |
| 539 | 539 | ||
| 540 | @anchor{Glossary - Font Lock} | 540 | @anchor{Glossary---Font Lock} |
| 541 | @item Font Lock | 541 | @item Font Lock |
| 542 | Font Lock is a mode that highlights parts of buffer text in different | 542 | Font Lock is a mode that highlights parts of buffer text in different |
| 543 | faces, according to the syntax. Some other editors refer to this as | 543 | faces, according to the syntax. Some other editors refer to this as |
| @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ make it easy to change several fonts at once by specifying the name of a | |||
| 551 | fontset, rather than changing each font separately. @xref{Fontsets}. | 551 | fontset, rather than changing each font separately. @xref{Fontsets}. |
| 552 | 552 | ||
| 553 | @item Formfeed Character | 553 | @item Formfeed Character |
| 554 | @xref{Glossary - Page}. | 554 | @xref{Glossary---Page}. |
| 555 | 555 | ||
| 556 | @item Frame | 556 | @item Frame |
| 557 | A frame is a rectangular cluster of Emacs windows. Emacs starts out | 557 | A frame is a rectangular cluster of Emacs windows. Emacs starts out |
| @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ and modify it. Emacs is free software, part of the GNU project | |||
| 567 | (q.v.), and distributed under a copyleft (q.v.@:) license called the | 567 | (q.v.), and distributed under a copyleft (q.v.@:) license called the |
| 568 | GNU General Public License. @xref{Copying}. | 568 | GNU General Public License. @xref{Copying}. |
| 569 | 569 | ||
| 570 | @anchor{Glossary - Free Software Foundation} | 570 | @anchor{Glossary---Free Software Foundation} |
| 571 | @item Free Software Foundation | 571 | @item Free Software Foundation |
| 572 | The Free Software Foundation (FSF) is a charitable foundation | 572 | The Free Software Foundation (FSF) is a charitable foundation |
| 573 | dedicated to promoting the development of free software (q.v.). | 573 | dedicated to promoting the development of free software (q.v.). |
| @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ the buffer text (@pxref{Fringes}). Emacs displays the fringe using a | |||
| 581 | special face (q.v.@:) called @code{fringe}. @xref{Faces,fringe}. | 581 | special face (q.v.@:) called @code{fringe}. @xref{Faces,fringe}. |
| 582 | 582 | ||
| 583 | @item FSF | 583 | @item FSF |
| 584 | @xref{Glossary - Free Software Foundation}. | 584 | @xref{Glossary---Free Software Foundation}. |
| 585 | 585 | ||
| 586 | @item FTP | 586 | @item FTP |
| 587 | FTP is an acronym for File Transfer Protocol. This is one standard | 587 | FTP is an acronym for File Transfer Protocol. This is one standard |
| @@ -610,9 +610,9 @@ mode's local keymap (q.v.). @xref{Keymaps}. | |||
| 610 | The global mark ring records the series of buffers you have recently | 610 | The global mark ring records the series of buffers you have recently |
| 611 | set a mark (q.v.@:) in. In many cases you can use this to backtrack | 611 | set a mark (q.v.@:) in. In many cases you can use this to backtrack |
| 612 | through buffers you have been editing, or in which you have found | 612 | through buffers you have been editing, or in which you have found |
| 613 | tags (@pxref{Glossary - Tags Table}). @xref{Global Mark Ring}. | 613 | tags (@pxref{Glossary---Tags Table}). @xref{Global Mark Ring}. |
| 614 | 614 | ||
| 615 | @anchor{Glossary - Global Substitution} | 615 | @anchor{Glossary---Global Substitution} |
| 616 | @item Global Substitution | 616 | @item Global Substitution |
| 617 | Global substitution means replacing each occurrence of one string by | 617 | Global substitution means replacing each occurrence of one string by |
| 618 | another string throughout a large amount of text. @xref{Replace}. | 618 | another string throughout a large amount of text. @xref{Replace}. |
| @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ buffer. | |||
| 648 | 648 | ||
| 649 | Emacs uses highlighting in several ways. It highlights the region | 649 | Emacs uses highlighting in several ways. It highlights the region |
| 650 | whenever it is active (@pxref{Mark}). Incremental search also | 650 | whenever it is active (@pxref{Mark}). Incremental search also |
| 651 | highlights matches (@pxref{Incremental Search}). @xref{Glossary - Font Lock}. | 651 | highlights matches (@pxref{Incremental Search}). @xref{Glossary---Font Lock}. |
| 652 | 652 | ||
| 653 | @item Hardcopy | 653 | @item Hardcopy |
| 654 | Hardcopy means printed output. Emacs has various commands for | 654 | Hardcopy means printed output. Emacs has various commands for |
| @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ Rmail transfers mail from inboxes to Rmail files in which the | |||
| 697 | mail is then stored permanently or until explicitly deleted. | 697 | mail is then stored permanently or until explicitly deleted. |
| 698 | @xref{Rmail Inbox}. | 698 | @xref{Rmail Inbox}. |
| 699 | 699 | ||
| 700 | @anchor{Glossary - Incremental Search} | 700 | @anchor{Glossary---Incremental Search} |
| 701 | @item Incremental Search | 701 | @item Incremental Search |
| 702 | Emacs provides an incremental search facility, whereby Emacs begins | 702 | Emacs provides an incremental search facility, whereby Emacs begins |
| 703 | searching for a string as soon as you type the first character. | 703 | searching for a string as soon as you type the first character. |
| @@ -733,17 +733,17 @@ Insertion means adding text into the buffer, either from the keyboard | |||
| 733 | or from some other place in Emacs. | 733 | or from some other place in Emacs. |
| 734 | 734 | ||
| 735 | @item Interlocking | 735 | @item Interlocking |
| 736 | @xref{Glossary - File Locking}. | 736 | @xref{Glossary---File Locking}. |
| 737 | 737 | ||
| 738 | @item Isearch | 738 | @item Isearch |
| 739 | @xref{Glossary - Incremental Search}. | 739 | @xref{Glossary---Incremental Search}. |
| 740 | 740 | ||
| 741 | @item Justification | 741 | @item Justification |
| 742 | Justification means adding extra spaces within lines of text in order | 742 | Justification means adding extra spaces within lines of text in order |
| 743 | to adjust the position of the text edges. @xref{Fill Commands}. | 743 | to adjust the position of the text edges. @xref{Fill Commands}. |
| 744 | 744 | ||
| 745 | @item Key Binding | 745 | @item Key Binding |
| 746 | @xref{Glossary - Binding}. | 746 | @xref{Glossary---Binding}. |
| 747 | 747 | ||
| 748 | @item Keyboard Macro | 748 | @item Keyboard Macro |
| 749 | Keyboard macros are a way of defining new Emacs commands from | 749 | Keyboard macros are a way of defining new Emacs commands from |
| @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ play them back as many times as you like. | |||
| 756 | @item Keyboard Shortcut | 756 | @item Keyboard Shortcut |
| 757 | A keyboard shortcut is a key sequence (q.v.@:) that invokes a | 757 | A keyboard shortcut is a key sequence (q.v.@:) that invokes a |
| 758 | command. What some programs call ``assigning a keyboard shortcut'', | 758 | command. What some programs call ``assigning a keyboard shortcut'', |
| 759 | Emacs calls ``binding a key sequence''. @xref{Glossary - Binding}. | 759 | Emacs calls ``binding a key sequence''. @xref{Glossary---Binding}. |
| 760 | 760 | ||
| 761 | @item Key Sequence | 761 | @item Key Sequence |
| 762 | A key sequence (key, for short) is a sequence of input events (q.v.@:) | 762 | A key sequence (key, for short) is a sequence of input events (q.v.@:) |
| @@ -776,11 +776,11 @@ codes that come from the terminal into the character codes that make up | |||
| 776 | key sequences. | 776 | key sequences. |
| 777 | 777 | ||
| 778 | @item Kill Ring | 778 | @item Kill Ring |
| 779 | The kill ring is where all text you have killed (@pxref{Glossary - Killing}) | 779 | The kill ring is where all text you have killed (@pxref{Glossary---Killing}) |
| 780 | recently is saved. You can reinsert any of the killed text still in | 780 | recently is saved. You can reinsert any of the killed text still in |
| 781 | the ring; this is called yanking (q.v.). @xref{Yanking}. | 781 | the ring; this is called yanking (q.v.). @xref{Yanking}. |
| 782 | 782 | ||
| 783 | @anchor{Glossary - Killing} | 783 | @anchor{Glossary---Killing} |
| 784 | @item Killing | 784 | @item Killing |
| 785 | Killing means erasing text and saving it on the kill ring so it can be | 785 | Killing means erasing text and saving it on the kill ring so it can be |
| 786 | yanked (q.v.@:) later. Some other systems call this ``cutting''. | 786 | yanked (q.v.@:) later. Some other systems call this ``cutting''. |
| @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ non-@acronym{ASCII} text (@pxref{International}). | |||
| 802 | @c Lexical Binding | 802 | @c Lexical Binding |
| 803 | 803 | ||
| 804 | @item Line Wrapping | 804 | @item Line Wrapping |
| 805 | @xref{Glossary - Filling}. | 805 | @xref{Glossary---Filling}. |
| 806 | 806 | ||
| 807 | @item Lisp | 807 | @item Lisp |
| 808 | Lisp is a programming language. Most of Emacs is written in a dialect | 808 | Lisp is a programming language. Most of Emacs is written in a dialect |
| @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ Control-Meta; it means the same thing as `@kbd{C-M-}' (q.v.). | |||
| 851 | name. This is how you run commands that are not bound to key sequences. | 851 | name. This is how you run commands that are not bound to key sequences. |
| 852 | @xref{M-x,M-x,Running Commands by Name}. | 852 | @xref{M-x,M-x,Running Commands by Name}. |
| 853 | 853 | ||
| 854 | @anchor{Glossary - Mail} | 854 | @anchor{Glossary---Mail} |
| 855 | @item Mail | 855 | @item Mail |
| 856 | Mail means messages sent from one user to another through the computer | 856 | Mail means messages sent from one user to another through the computer |
| 857 | system, to be read at the recipient's convenience. Emacs has commands for | 857 | system, to be read at the recipient's convenience. Emacs has commands for |
| @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ words you can click on with the mouse to bring up menus, or you can use | |||
| 891 | a keyboard interface to navigate it. @xref{Menu Bars}. | 891 | a keyboard interface to navigate it. @xref{Menu Bars}. |
| 892 | 892 | ||
| 893 | @item Message | 893 | @item Message |
| 894 | @xref{Glossary - Mail}. | 894 | @xref{Glossary---Mail}. |
| 895 | 895 | ||
| 896 | @item Meta | 896 | @item Meta |
| 897 | Meta is the name of a modifier bit which you can use in a command | 897 | Meta is the name of a modifier bit which you can use in a command |
| @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ The minibuffer is the window that appears when necessary inside the | |||
| 914 | echo area (q.v.), used for reading arguments to commands. | 914 | echo area (q.v.), used for reading arguments to commands. |
| 915 | @xref{Minibuffer}. | 915 | @xref{Minibuffer}. |
| 916 | 916 | ||
| 917 | @anchor{Glossary - Minibuffer History} | 917 | @anchor{Glossary---Minibuffer History} |
| 918 | @item Minibuffer History | 918 | @item Minibuffer History |
| 919 | The minibuffer history records the text you have specified in the past | 919 | The minibuffer history records the text you have specified in the past |
| 920 | for minibuffer arguments, so you can conveniently use the same text | 920 | for minibuffer arguments, so you can conveniently use the same text |
| @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ all. @xref{Narrowing}. | |||
| 972 | 972 | ||
| 973 | @item Newline | 973 | @item Newline |
| 974 | Control-J characters in the buffer terminate lines of text and are | 974 | Control-J characters in the buffer terminate lines of text and are |
| 975 | therefore also called newlines. @xref{Glossary - End Of Line}. | 975 | therefore also called newlines. @xref{Glossary---End Of Line}. |
| 976 | 976 | ||
| 977 | @cindex nil | 977 | @cindex nil |
| 978 | @cindex t | 978 | @cindex t |
| @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ therefore also called newlines. @xref{Glossary - End Of Line}. | |||
| 980 | @code{nil} is a value usually interpreted as a logical ``false''. Its | 980 | @code{nil} is a value usually interpreted as a logical ``false''. Its |
| 981 | opposite is @code{t}, interpreted as ``true''. | 981 | opposite is @code{t}, interpreted as ``true''. |
| 982 | 982 | ||
| 983 | @anchor{Glossary - Numeric Argument} | 983 | @anchor{Glossary---Numeric Argument} |
| 984 | @item Numeric Argument | 984 | @item Numeric Argument |
| 985 | A numeric argument is a number, specified before a command, to change | 985 | A numeric argument is a number, specified before a command, to change |
| 986 | the effect of the command. Often the numeric argument serves as a | 986 | the effect of the command. Often the numeric argument serves as a |
| @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ A package is a collection of Lisp code that you download and | |||
| 996 | automatically install from within Emacs. Packages provide a | 996 | automatically install from within Emacs. Packages provide a |
| 997 | convenient way to add new features. @xref{Packages}. | 997 | convenient way to add new features. @xref{Packages}. |
| 998 | 998 | ||
| 999 | @anchor{Glossary - Page} | 999 | @anchor{Glossary---Page} |
| 1000 | @item Page | 1000 | @item Page |
| 1001 | A page is a unit of text, delimited by formfeed characters (@acronym{ASCII} | 1001 | A page is a unit of text, delimited by formfeed characters (@acronym{ASCII} |
| 1002 | control-L, code 014) at the beginning of a line. Some Emacs | 1002 | control-L, code 014) at the beginning of a line. Some Emacs |
| @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ character. The terminal's cursor (q.v.@:) indicates the location of | |||
| 1020 | point. @xref{Point}. | 1020 | point. @xref{Point}. |
| 1021 | 1021 | ||
| 1022 | @item Prefix Argument | 1022 | @item Prefix Argument |
| 1023 | @xref{Glossary - Numeric Argument}. | 1023 | @xref{Glossary---Numeric Argument}. |
| 1024 | 1024 | ||
| 1025 | @item Prefix Key | 1025 | @item Prefix Key |
| 1026 | A prefix key is a key sequence (q.v.@:) whose sole function is to | 1026 | A prefix key is a key sequence (q.v.@:) whose sole function is to |
| @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ a kind of prompting (@pxref{Echo Area}). | |||
| 1056 | Query-replace is an interactive string replacement feature provided by | 1056 | Query-replace is an interactive string replacement feature provided by |
| 1057 | Emacs. @xref{Query Replace}. | 1057 | Emacs. @xref{Query Replace}. |
| 1058 | 1058 | ||
| 1059 | @anchor{Glossary - Quitting} | 1059 | @anchor{Glossary---Quitting} |
| 1060 | @item Quitting | 1060 | @item Quitting |
| 1061 | Quitting means canceling a partially typed command or a running | 1061 | Quitting means canceling a partially typed command or a running |
| 1062 | command, using @kbd{C-g} (or @kbd{C-@key{BREAK}} on MS-DOS). @xref{Quitting}. | 1062 | command, using @kbd{C-g} (or @kbd{C-@key{BREAK}} on MS-DOS). @xref{Quitting}. |
| @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ correspond to changes that have been made in the text being edited. | |||
| 1101 | @xref{Screen,Redisplay}. | 1101 | @xref{Screen,Redisplay}. |
| 1102 | 1102 | ||
| 1103 | @item Regexp | 1103 | @item Regexp |
| 1104 | @xref{Glossary - Regular Expression}. | 1104 | @xref{Glossary---Regular Expression}. |
| 1105 | 1105 | ||
| 1106 | @item Region | 1106 | @item Region |
| 1107 | The region is the text between point (q.v.@:) and the mark (q.v.). | 1107 | The region is the text between point (q.v.@:) and the mark (q.v.). |
| @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ Registers are named slots in which text, buffer positions, or | |||
| 1112 | rectangles can be saved for later use. @xref{Registers}. A related | 1112 | rectangles can be saved for later use. @xref{Registers}. A related |
| 1113 | Emacs feature is `bookmarks' (q.v.). | 1113 | Emacs feature is `bookmarks' (q.v.). |
| 1114 | 1114 | ||
| 1115 | @anchor{Glossary - Regular Expression} | 1115 | @anchor{Glossary---Regular Expression} |
| 1116 | @item Regular Expression | 1116 | @item Regular Expression |
| 1117 | A regular expression is a pattern that can match various text strings; | 1117 | A regular expression is a pattern that can match various text strings; |
| 1118 | for example, @samp{a[0-9]+} matches @samp{a} followed by one or more | 1118 | for example, @samp{a[0-9]+} matches @samp{a} followed by one or more |
| @@ -1126,10 +1126,10 @@ you have a supported method to gain access to those files. | |||
| 1126 | @xref{Remote Files}. | 1126 | @xref{Remote Files}. |
| 1127 | 1127 | ||
| 1128 | @item Repeat Count | 1128 | @item Repeat Count |
| 1129 | @xref{Glossary - Numeric Argument}. | 1129 | @xref{Glossary---Numeric Argument}. |
| 1130 | 1130 | ||
| 1131 | @item Replacement | 1131 | @item Replacement |
| 1132 | @xref{Glossary - Global Substitution}. | 1132 | @xref{Glossary---Global Substitution}. |
| 1133 | 1133 | ||
| 1134 | @item Restriction | 1134 | @item Restriction |
| 1135 | A buffer's restriction is the amount of text, at the beginning or the | 1135 | A buffer's restriction is the amount of text, at the beginning or the |
| @@ -1220,12 +1220,12 @@ are self-inserting in Emacs, except in certain special major modes. | |||
| 1220 | Emacs has commands for moving by or killing by sentences. | 1220 | Emacs has commands for moving by or killing by sentences. |
| 1221 | @xref{Sentences}. | 1221 | @xref{Sentences}. |
| 1222 | 1222 | ||
| 1223 | @anchor{Glossary - Server} | 1223 | @anchor{Glossary---Server} |
| 1224 | @item Server | 1224 | @item Server |
| 1225 | Within Emacs, you can start a `server' process, which listens for | 1225 | Within Emacs, you can start a `server' process, which listens for |
| 1226 | connections from `clients'. This offers a faster alternative to | 1226 | connections from `clients'. This offers a faster alternative to |
| 1227 | starting several Emacs instances. @xref{Emacs Server}, and | 1227 | starting several Emacs instances. @xref{Emacs Server}, and |
| 1228 | @ref{Glossary - Daemon}. | 1228 | @ref{Glossary---Daemon}. |
| 1229 | 1229 | ||
| 1230 | @c This is only covered in the lispref, not the user manual. | 1230 | @c This is only covered in the lispref, not the user manual. |
| 1231 | @ignore | 1231 | @ignore |
| @@ -1277,10 +1277,10 @@ inside the string; however, backslash sequences as in C, such as | |||
| 1277 | allowed as well. | 1277 | allowed as well. |
| 1278 | 1278 | ||
| 1279 | @item String Substitution | 1279 | @item String Substitution |
| 1280 | @xref{Glossary - Global Substitution}. | 1280 | @xref{Glossary---Global Substitution}. |
| 1281 | 1281 | ||
| 1282 | @item Syntax Highlighting | 1282 | @item Syntax Highlighting |
| 1283 | @xref{Glossary - Font Lock}. | 1283 | @xref{Glossary---Font Lock}. |
| 1284 | 1284 | ||
| 1285 | @item Syntax Table | 1285 | @item Syntax Table |
| 1286 | The syntax table tells Emacs which characters are part of a word, | 1286 | The syntax table tells Emacs which characters are part of a word, |
| @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ your buffers, unsaved edits, undo history, etc. @xref{Exiting}. | |||
| 1304 | @key{TAB} is the tab character. In Emacs it is typically used for | 1304 | @key{TAB} is the tab character. In Emacs it is typically used for |
| 1305 | indentation or completion. | 1305 | indentation or completion. |
| 1306 | 1306 | ||
| 1307 | @anchor{Glossary - Tags Table} | 1307 | @anchor{Glossary---Tags Table} |
| 1308 | @item Tags Table | 1308 | @item Tags Table |
| 1309 | A tags table is a file that serves as an index to the function | 1309 | A tags table is a file that serves as an index to the function |
| 1310 | definitions in one or more other files. @xref{Tags}. | 1310 | definitions in one or more other files. @xref{Tags}. |
| @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ Data consisting of written human language (as opposed to programs), | |||
| 1329 | or following the stylistic conventions of human language. | 1329 | or following the stylistic conventions of human language. |
| 1330 | @end itemize | 1330 | @end itemize |
| 1331 | 1331 | ||
| 1332 | @anchor{Glossary - Text Terminal} | 1332 | @anchor{Glossary---Text Terminal} |
| 1333 | @item Text Terminal | 1333 | @item Text Terminal |
| 1334 | A text terminal, or character terminal, is a display that is limited | 1334 | A text terminal, or character terminal, is a display that is limited |
| 1335 | to displaying text in character units. Such a terminal cannot control | 1335 | to displaying text in character units. Such a terminal cannot control |
| @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ of an Emacs frame. Clicking on one of these icons executes a command. | |||
| 1352 | You can think of this as a graphical relative of the menu bar (q.v.). | 1352 | You can think of this as a graphical relative of the menu bar (q.v.). |
| 1353 | @xref{Tool Bars}. | 1353 | @xref{Tool Bars}. |
| 1354 | 1354 | ||
| 1355 | @anchor{Glossary - Tooltips} | 1355 | @anchor{Glossary---Tooltips} |
| 1356 | @item Tooltips | 1356 | @item Tooltips |
| 1357 | Tooltips are small windows displaying a help echo (q.v.@:) text, which | 1357 | Tooltips are small windows displaying a help echo (q.v.@:) text, which |
| 1358 | explains parts of the display, lists useful options available via mouse | 1358 | explains parts of the display, lists useful options available via mouse |
| @@ -1374,17 +1374,17 @@ two adjacent characters, words, balanced expressions (q.v.@:) or lines | |||
| 1374 | (@pxref{Transpose}). | 1374 | (@pxref{Transpose}). |
| 1375 | 1375 | ||
| 1376 | @item Trash Can | 1376 | @item Trash Can |
| 1377 | @xref{Glossary - Deletion of Files}. | 1377 | @xref{Glossary---Deletion of Files}. |
| 1378 | 1378 | ||
| 1379 | @anchor{Glossary - Truncation} | 1379 | @anchor{Glossary---Truncation} |
| 1380 | @item Truncation | 1380 | @item Truncation |
| 1381 | Truncating text lines in the display means leaving out any text on a | 1381 | Truncating text lines in the display means leaving out any text on a |
| 1382 | line that does not fit within the right margin of the window | 1382 | line that does not fit within the right margin of the window |
| 1383 | displaying it. @xref{Continuation Lines,Truncation}, and | 1383 | displaying it. @xref{Continuation Lines,Truncation}, and |
| 1384 | @ref{Glossary - Continuation Line}. | 1384 | @ref{Glossary---Continuation Line}. |
| 1385 | 1385 | ||
| 1386 | @item TTY | 1386 | @item TTY |
| 1387 | @xref{Glossary - Text Terminal}. | 1387 | @xref{Glossary---Text Terminal}. |
| 1388 | 1388 | ||
| 1389 | @item Undoing | 1389 | @item Undoing |
| 1390 | Undoing means making your previous editing go in reverse, bringing | 1390 | Undoing means making your previous editing go in reverse, bringing |
| @@ -1443,13 +1443,13 @@ have their] own windows at the same time. All modern operating systems | |||
| 1443 | include a window system. | 1443 | include a window system. |
| 1444 | 1444 | ||
| 1445 | @item Word Abbrev | 1445 | @item Word Abbrev |
| 1446 | @xref{Glossary - Abbrev}. | 1446 | @xref{Glossary---Abbrev}. |
| 1447 | 1447 | ||
| 1448 | @item Word Search | 1448 | @item Word Search |
| 1449 | Word search is searching for a sequence of words, considering the | 1449 | Word search is searching for a sequence of words, considering the |
| 1450 | punctuation between them as insignificant. @xref{Word Search}. | 1450 | punctuation between them as insignificant. @xref{Word Search}. |
| 1451 | 1451 | ||
| 1452 | @anchor{Glossary - Yanking} | 1452 | @anchor{Glossary---Yanking} |
| 1453 | @item Yanking | 1453 | @item Yanking |
| 1454 | Yanking means reinserting text previously killed (q.v.). It can be | 1454 | Yanking means reinserting text previously killed (q.v.). It can be |
| 1455 | used to undo a mistaken kill, or for copying or moving text. Some | 1455 | used to undo a mistaken kill, or for copying or moving text. Some |
diff --git a/doc/emacs/xresources.texi b/doc/emacs/xresources.texi index b3ed78d7f1c..ea3cd34a2fa 100644 --- a/doc/emacs/xresources.texi +++ b/doc/emacs/xresources.texi | |||
| @@ -817,5 +817,5 @@ of color names and RGB triplets. Color names should be enclosed with | |||
| 817 | double quotes, e.g., @samp{"red"}. RGB triplets should be written | 817 | double quotes, e.g., @samp{"red"}. RGB triplets should be written |
| 818 | without double quotes, e.g., @samp{#ff0000}. GTK-style RGB triplets | 818 | without double quotes, e.g., @samp{#ff0000}. GTK-style RGB triplets |
| 819 | have the form @w{@code{@{ @var{r}, @var{g}, @var{b} @}}}, where | 819 | have the form @w{@code{@{ @var{r}, @var{g}, @var{b} @}}}, where |
| 820 | @var{r}, @var{g} and @var{b} are either integers in the range 0-65535 | 820 | @var{r}, @var{g} and @var{b} are either integers in the range 0--65535 |
| 821 | or floats in the range 0.0-1.0. | 821 | or floats in the range 0.0--1.0. |
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog b/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog index 8e7278ee2ee..8e6643d1e4d 100644 --- a/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog +++ b/doc/lispintro/ChangeLog | |||
| @@ -1,3 +1,10 @@ | |||
| 1 | 2012-12-22 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | * Makefile.in (srcs): New variable, adding doclicense.texi. | ||
| 4 | (${buildinfodir}/eintr$(INFO_EXT), emacs-lisp-intro.dvi) | ||
| 5 | (emacs-lisp-intro.pdf, emacs-lisp-intro.html): | ||
| 6 | Use $srcs for dependencies. | ||
| 7 | |||
| 1 | 2012-12-14 Paul Eggert <eggert@cs.ucla.edu> | 8 | 2012-12-14 Paul Eggert <eggert@cs.ucla.edu> |
| 2 | 9 | ||
| 3 | Fix permissions bugs with setgid directories etc. (Bug#13125) | 10 | Fix permissions bugs with setgid directories etc. (Bug#13125) |
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in b/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in index 3f2fe1f9526..0e712e0affb 100644 --- a/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in +++ b/doc/lispintro/Makefile.in | |||
| @@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ ENVADD = TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(texinfodir):$(TEXINPUTS)" \ | |||
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | mkinfodir = @${MKDIR_P} ${buildinfodir} | 44 | mkinfodir = @${MKDIR_P} ${buildinfodir} |
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | srcs = ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi ${srcdir}/doclicense.texi | ||
| 47 | |||
| 46 | .PHONY: info dvi html pdf ps | 48 | .PHONY: info dvi html pdf ps |
| 47 | 49 | ||
| 48 | info: ${buildinfodir}/eintr$(INFO_EXT) | 50 | info: ${buildinfodir}/eintr$(INFO_EXT) |
| @@ -55,20 +57,20 @@ ps: emacs-lisp-intro.ps | |||
| 55 | # The file name eintr must fit within 5 characters, to allow for | 57 | # The file name eintr must fit within 5 characters, to allow for |
| 56 | # -NN extensions to fit into DOS 8+3 limits without clashing. | 58 | # -NN extensions to fit into DOS 8+3 limits without clashing. |
| 57 | # Note: "<" is not portable in ordinary make rules. | 59 | # Note: "<" is not portable in ordinary make rules. |
| 58 | ${buildinfodir}/eintr$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 60 | ${buildinfodir}/eintr$(INFO_EXT): ${srcs} |
| 59 | $(mkinfodir) | 61 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 60 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 62 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi |
| 61 | 63 | ||
| 62 | emacs-lisp-intro.dvi: ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 64 | emacs-lisp-intro.dvi: ${srcs} |
| 63 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 65 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi |
| 64 | 66 | ||
| 65 | emacs-lisp-intro.ps: emacs-lisp-intro.dvi | 67 | emacs-lisp-intro.ps: emacs-lisp-intro.dvi |
| 66 | $(DVIPS) -o $@ emacs-lisp-intro.dvi | 68 | $(DVIPS) -o $@ emacs-lisp-intro.dvi |
| 67 | 69 | ||
| 68 | emacs-lisp-intro.pdf: ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 70 | emacs-lisp-intro.pdf: ${srcs} |
| 69 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 71 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi |
| 70 | 72 | ||
| 71 | emacs-lisp-intro.html: ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 73 | emacs-lisp-intro.html: ${srcs} |
| 72 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) --html -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | 74 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) --html -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-lisp-intro.texi |
| 73 | 75 | ||
| 74 | .PHONY: mostlyclean clean distclean maintainer-clean infoclean | 76 | .PHONY: mostlyclean clean distclean maintainer-clean infoclean |
diff --git a/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi b/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi index 5111ee116a3..dbd20561d9a 100644 --- a/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi +++ b/doc/lispintro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi | |||
| @@ -228,7 +228,8 @@ people who are not programmers. | |||
| 228 | @sp 1 | 228 | @sp 1 |
| 229 | Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date} | 229 | Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date} |
| 230 | @sp 1 | 230 | @sp 1 |
| 231 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1995, 1997, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 231 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1995, 1997, 2001--2012 Free Software |
| 232 | Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 232 | @sp 1 | 233 | @sp 1 |
| 233 | 234 | ||
| 234 | @iftex | 235 | @iftex |
| @@ -6281,7 +6282,7 @@ the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and | |||
| 6281 | @findex / @r{(division)} | 6282 | @findex / @r{(division)} |
| 6282 | @cindex Division | 6283 | @cindex Division |
| 6283 | The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides | 6284 | The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides |
| 6284 | the numeric value by ten --- the numeric value of the size of the | 6285 | the numeric value by ten---the numeric value of the size of the |
| 6285 | accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells | 6286 | accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells |
| 6286 | how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp, | 6287 | how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp, |
| 6287 | @code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for | 6288 | @code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for |
| @@ -9402,7 +9403,7 @@ either by setting it manually or by using @code{customize}. | |||
| 9402 | 9403 | ||
| 9403 | For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest | 9404 | For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest |
| 9404 | variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There | 9405 | variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There |
| 9405 | are now more than 700 such variables --- far too many to remember | 9406 | are now more than 700 such variables, far too many to remember |
| 9406 | readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the | 9407 | readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the |
| 9407 | @code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables. | 9408 | @code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables. |
| 9408 | (@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, | 9409 | (@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, |
| @@ -11195,8 +11196,8 @@ The @code{dolist} expression does very much the same as the | |||
| 11195 | of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression. | 11196 | of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression. |
| 11196 | 11197 | ||
| 11197 | Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is | 11198 | Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is |
| 11198 | that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops --- it | 11199 | that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops---it |
| 11199 | `@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own --- and it automatically binds | 11200 | `@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own---and it automatically binds |
| 11200 | the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its | 11201 | the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its |
| 11201 | arguments. | 11202 | arguments. |
| 11202 | 11203 | ||
| @@ -13300,8 +13301,8 @@ We can see that this is a decrementing counter @code{while} loop, | |||
| 13300 | using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer. | 13301 | using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer. |
| 13301 | That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in | 13302 | That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in |
| 13302 | another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end | 13303 | another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end |
| 13303 | of the buffer --- that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it | 13304 | of the buffer---that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it |
| 13304 | is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P} --- we decrease the value | 13305 | is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P}---we decrease the value |
| 13305 | of @code{arg} by one. | 13306 | of @code{arg} by one. |
| 13306 | 13307 | ||
| 13307 | (If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and | 13308 | (If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and |
| @@ -15657,7 +15658,7 @@ as a list that looks like this (but with more elements): | |||
| 15657 | The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of | 15658 | The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of |
| 15658 | lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13 | 15659 | lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13 |
| 15659 | elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the | 15660 | elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the |
| 15660 | file -- which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to | 15661 | file---which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to |
| 15661 | say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second | 15662 | say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second |
| 15662 | element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string | 15663 | element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string |
| 15663 | for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}. | 15664 | for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}. |
| @@ -16850,7 +16851,7 @@ Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions. | |||
| 16850 | @cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file | 16851 | @cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file |
| 16851 | @cindex Initialization file | 16852 | @cindex Initialization file |
| 16852 | 16853 | ||
| 16853 | ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it'' -- this seemingly | 16854 | ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---this seemingly |
| 16854 | paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of | 16855 | paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of |
| 16855 | the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize | 16856 | the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize |
| 16856 | it to suit themselves. | 16857 | it to suit themselves. |
| @@ -18282,7 +18283,7 @@ or `All'. (A lower case @samp{p} tell you the percentage above the | |||
| 18282 | @emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill | 18283 | @emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill |
| 18283 | out the line. | 18284 | out the line. |
| 18284 | 18285 | ||
| 18285 | Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it'' --- your own | 18286 | Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---your own |
| 18286 | Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different | 18287 | Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different |
| 18287 | keys than a default Emacs. | 18288 | keys than a default Emacs. |
| 18288 | 18289 | ||
| @@ -21946,7 +21947,7 @@ Here is the graph: | |||
| 21946 | @sp 2 | 21947 | @sp 2 |
| 21947 | 21948 | ||
| 21948 | @noindent | 21949 | @noindent |
| 21949 | The largest group of functions contain 10 -- 19 words and symbols each. | 21950 | The largest group of functions contain 10--19 words and symbols each. |
| 21950 | 21951 | ||
| 21951 | @node Free Software and Free Manuals | 21952 | @node Free Software and Free Manuals |
| 21952 | @appendix Free Software and Free Manuals | 21953 | @appendix Free Software and Free Manuals |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/ChangeLog b/doc/lispref/ChangeLog index d3182e9bf37..b5ad25377a0 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/ChangeLog +++ b/doc/lispref/ChangeLog | |||
| @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ | |||
| 1 | 2012-12-22 Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at> | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | * windows.texi (Selecting Windows): Reword description of | ||
| 4 | select-window (Bug#13248). | ||
| 5 | |||
| 1 | 2012-12-22 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> | 6 | 2012-12-22 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
| 2 | 7 | ||
| 3 | * files.texi (File Attributes, Changing Files): Remove the details | 8 | * files.texi (File Attributes, Changing Files): Remove the details |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/buffers.texi b/doc/lispref/buffers.texi index 6462788b34e..6e337af6be0 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/buffers.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/buffers.texi | |||
| @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ the last modification time of that directory, as recorded by Dired. | |||
| 650 | For a new buffer visiting a not yet existing file, @var{high} is | 650 | For a new buffer visiting a not yet existing file, @var{high} is |
| 651 | @minus{}1 and @var{low} is 65535, that is, | 651 | @minus{}1 and @var{low} is 65535, that is, |
| 652 | @ifnottex | 652 | @ifnottex |
| 653 | @w{2**16 - 1.} | 653 | @w{2**16 @minus{} 1.} |
| 654 | @end ifnottex | 654 | @end ifnottex |
| 655 | @tex | 655 | @tex |
| 656 | @math{2^{16}-1}. | 656 | @math{2^{16}-1}. |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/commands.texi b/doc/lispref/commands.texi index f3b216e9353..10007c8a9ce 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/commands.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/commands.texi | |||
| @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ The command @code{quoted-insert} uses this function. | |||
| 2660 | @cindex control characters, reading | 2660 | @cindex control characters, reading |
| 2661 | @cindex nonprinting characters, reading | 2661 | @cindex nonprinting characters, reading |
| 2662 | This function is like @code{read-char}, except that if the first | 2662 | This function is like @code{read-char}, except that if the first |
| 2663 | character read is an octal digit (0-7), it reads any number of octal | 2663 | character read is an octal digit (0--7), it reads any number of octal |
| 2664 | digits (but stopping if a non-octal digit is found), and returns the | 2664 | digits (but stopping if a non-octal digit is found), and returns the |
| 2665 | character represented by that numeric character code. If the | 2665 | character represented by that numeric character code. If the |
| 2666 | character that terminates the sequence of octal digits is @key{RET}, | 2666 | character that terminates the sequence of octal digits is @key{RET}, |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/elisp.texi b/doc/lispref/elisp.texi index 3980f7ac868..6f2700b28dd 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/elisp.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/elisp.texi | |||
| @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ This is the @cite{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual} | |||
| 98 | @end ifnottex | 98 | @end ifnottex |
| 99 | corresponding to Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}. | 99 | corresponding to Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}. |
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 101 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1996, 1998--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | @quotation | 103 | @quotation |
| 104 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 104 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/numbers.texi b/doc/lispref/numbers.texi index 66b1f081df4..78a3a2b4cb4 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/numbers.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/numbers.texi | |||
| @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ minimum range is @minus{}536870912 to 536870911 (30 bits; i.e., | |||
| 43 | @end tex | 43 | @end tex |
| 44 | to | 44 | to |
| 45 | @ifnottex | 45 | @ifnottex |
| 46 | 2**29 - 1), | 46 | 2**29 @minus{} 1), |
| 47 | @end ifnottex | 47 | @end ifnottex |
| 48 | @tex | 48 | @tex |
| 49 | @math{2^{29}-1}), | 49 | @math{2^{29}-1}), |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/objects.texi b/doc/lispref/objects.texi index 85d7a3f4600..8c9bb26c89f 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/objects.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/objects.texi | |||
| @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ latter are unique to Emacs Lisp. | |||
| 171 | @end tex | 171 | @end tex |
| 172 | to | 172 | to |
| 173 | @ifnottex | 173 | @ifnottex |
| 174 | 2**29 - 1) | 174 | 2**29 @minus{} 1) |
| 175 | @end ifnottex | 175 | @end ifnottex |
| 176 | @tex | 176 | @tex |
| 177 | @math{2^{29}-1}) | 177 | @math{2^{29}-1}) |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/os.texi b/doc/lispref/os.texi index 4b9cdfaae9e..e5132c46425 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/os.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/os.texi | |||
| @@ -1421,23 +1421,23 @@ This stands for the day of month, blank-padded. | |||
| 1421 | @item %h | 1421 | @item %h |
| 1422 | This is a synonym for @samp{%b}. | 1422 | This is a synonym for @samp{%b}. |
| 1423 | @item %H | 1423 | @item %H |
| 1424 | This stands for the hour (00-23). | 1424 | This stands for the hour (00--23). |
| 1425 | @item %I | 1425 | @item %I |
| 1426 | This stands for the hour (01-12). | 1426 | This stands for the hour (01--12). |
| 1427 | @item %j | 1427 | @item %j |
| 1428 | This stands for the day of the year (001-366). | 1428 | This stands for the day of the year (001--366). |
| 1429 | @item %k | 1429 | @item %k |
| 1430 | This stands for the hour (0-23), blank padded. | 1430 | This stands for the hour (0--23), blank padded. |
| 1431 | @item %l | 1431 | @item %l |
| 1432 | This stands for the hour (1-12), blank padded. | 1432 | This stands for the hour (1--12), blank padded. |
| 1433 | @item %m | 1433 | @item %m |
| 1434 | This stands for the month (01-12). | 1434 | This stands for the month (01--12). |
| 1435 | @item %M | 1435 | @item %M |
| 1436 | This stands for the minute (00-59). | 1436 | This stands for the minute (00--59). |
| 1437 | @item %n | 1437 | @item %n |
| 1438 | This stands for a newline. | 1438 | This stands for a newline. |
| 1439 | @item %N | 1439 | @item %N |
| 1440 | This stands for the nanoseconds (000000000-999999999). To ask for | 1440 | This stands for the nanoseconds (000000000--999999999). To ask for |
| 1441 | fewer digits, use @samp{%3N} for milliseconds, @samp{%6N} for | 1441 | fewer digits, use @samp{%3N} for milliseconds, @samp{%6N} for |
| 1442 | microseconds, etc. Any excess digits are discarded, without rounding. | 1442 | microseconds, etc. Any excess digits are discarded, without rounding. |
| 1443 | @item %p | 1443 | @item %p |
| @@ -1447,18 +1447,18 @@ This is a synonym for @samp{%I:%M:%S %p}. | |||
| 1447 | @item %R | 1447 | @item %R |
| 1448 | This is a synonym for @samp{%H:%M}. | 1448 | This is a synonym for @samp{%H:%M}. |
| 1449 | @item %S | 1449 | @item %S |
| 1450 | This stands for the seconds (00-59). | 1450 | This stands for the seconds (00--59). |
| 1451 | @item %t | 1451 | @item %t |
| 1452 | This stands for a tab character. | 1452 | This stands for a tab character. |
| 1453 | @item %T | 1453 | @item %T |
| 1454 | This is a synonym for @samp{%H:%M:%S}. | 1454 | This is a synonym for @samp{%H:%M:%S}. |
| 1455 | @item %U | 1455 | @item %U |
| 1456 | This stands for the week of the year (01-52), assuming that weeks | 1456 | This stands for the week of the year (01--52), assuming that weeks |
| 1457 | start on Sunday. | 1457 | start on Sunday. |
| 1458 | @item %w | 1458 | @item %w |
| 1459 | This stands for the numeric day of week (0-6). Sunday is day 0. | 1459 | This stands for the numeric day of week (0--6). Sunday is day 0. |
| 1460 | @item %W | 1460 | @item %W |
| 1461 | This stands for the week of the year (01-52), assuming that weeks | 1461 | This stands for the week of the year (01--52), assuming that weeks |
| 1462 | start on Monday. | 1462 | start on Monday. |
| 1463 | @item %x | 1463 | @item %x |
| 1464 | This has a locale-specific meaning. In the default locale (named | 1464 | This has a locale-specific meaning. In the default locale (named |
| @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ This has a locale-specific meaning. In the default locale (named | |||
| 1467 | This has a locale-specific meaning. In the default locale (named | 1467 | This has a locale-specific meaning. In the default locale (named |
| 1468 | @samp{C}), it is equivalent to @samp{%T}. | 1468 | @samp{C}), it is equivalent to @samp{%T}. |
| 1469 | @item %y | 1469 | @item %y |
| 1470 | This stands for the year without century (00-99). | 1470 | This stands for the year without century (00--99). |
| 1471 | @item %Y | 1471 | @item %Y |
| 1472 | This stands for the year with century. | 1472 | This stands for the year with century. |
| 1473 | @item %Z | 1473 | @item %Z |
diff --git a/doc/lispref/windows.texi b/doc/lispref/windows.texi index 7a705353a1e..f4c55054449 100644 --- a/doc/lispref/windows.texi +++ b/doc/lispref/windows.texi | |||
| @@ -1296,10 +1296,12 @@ windows. | |||
| 1296 | @cindex selecting a window | 1296 | @cindex selecting a window |
| 1297 | 1297 | ||
| 1298 | @defun select-window window &optional norecord | 1298 | @defun select-window window &optional norecord |
| 1299 | This function makes @var{window} the selected window, as well as the | 1299 | This function makes @var{window} the selected window and the window |
| 1300 | window selected within its frame (@pxref{Basic Windows}). @var{window} | 1300 | selected within its frame (@pxref{Basic Windows}) and selects that |
| 1301 | must be a live window. This function makes also @var{window}'s buffer | 1301 | frame. @var{window} must be a live window. This function also makes |
| 1302 | current (@pxref{Buffers and Windows}). The return value is | 1302 | @var{window}'s buffer (@pxref{Buffers and Windows}) current and sets |
| 1303 | that buffer's value of @code{point} to the value of @code{window-point} | ||
| 1304 | (@pxref{Window Point}) in @var{window}. The return value is | ||
| 1303 | @var{window}. | 1305 | @var{window}. |
| 1304 | 1306 | ||
| 1305 | By default, this function also moves @var{window}'s buffer to the front | 1307 | By default, this function also moves @var{window}'s buffer to the front |
| @@ -1865,7 +1867,7 @@ default value is empty, i.e., @code{(nil . nil)}. | |||
| 1865 | @defopt display-buffer-alist | 1867 | @defopt display-buffer-alist |
| 1866 | The value of this option is an alist mapping conditions to display | 1868 | The value of this option is an alist mapping conditions to display |
| 1867 | actions. Each condition may be either a regular expression matching a | 1869 | actions. Each condition may be either a regular expression matching a |
| 1868 | buffer name or a function that takes two arguments - a buffer name and | 1870 | buffer name or a function that takes two arguments: a buffer name and |
| 1869 | the @var{action} argument passed to @code{display-buffer}. If the name | 1871 | the @var{action} argument passed to @code{display-buffer}. If the name |
| 1870 | of the buffer passed to @code{display-buffer} either matches a regular | 1872 | of the buffer passed to @code{display-buffer} either matches a regular |
| 1871 | expression in this alist or the function specified by a condition | 1873 | expression in this alist or the function specified by a condition |
| @@ -1966,7 +1968,7 @@ height of the frame's root window. | |||
| 1966 | 1968 | ||
| 1967 | @item | 1969 | @item |
| 1968 | If the @sc{cdr} specifies a function, that function is called with one | 1970 | If the @sc{cdr} specifies a function, that function is called with one |
| 1969 | argument - the new window. The function is supposed to adjust the | 1971 | argument: the new window. The function is supposed to adjust the |
| 1970 | height of the window; its return value is ignored. Suitable functions | 1972 | height of the window; its return value is ignored. Suitable functions |
| 1971 | are @code{shrink-window-if-larger-than-buffer} and | 1973 | are @code{shrink-window-if-larger-than-buffer} and |
| 1972 | @code{fit-window-to-buffer}, see @ref{Resizing Windows}. | 1974 | @code{fit-window-to-buffer}, see @ref{Resizing Windows}. |
| @@ -1987,7 +1989,7 @@ width of the frame's root window. | |||
| 1987 | 1989 | ||
| 1988 | @item | 1990 | @item |
| 1989 | If the @sc{cdr} specifies a function, that function is called with one | 1991 | If the @sc{cdr} specifies a function, that function is called with one |
| 1990 | argument - the new window. The function is supposed to adjust the width | 1992 | argument: the new window. The function is supposed to adjust the width |
| 1991 | of the window; its return value is ignored. | 1993 | of the window; its return value is ignored. |
| 1992 | @end itemize | 1994 | @end itemize |
| 1993 | 1995 | ||
| @@ -3616,10 +3618,10 @@ This parameter is installed by the buffer display functions | |||
| 3616 | (@pxref{Choosing Window}) and consulted by @code{quit-restore-window} | 3618 | (@pxref{Choosing Window}) and consulted by @code{quit-restore-window} |
| 3617 | (@pxref{Quitting Windows}). It contains four elements: | 3619 | (@pxref{Quitting Windows}). It contains four elements: |
| 3618 | 3620 | ||
| 3619 | The first element is one of the symbols @code{window} - meaning that the | 3621 | The first element is one of the symbols @code{window}, meaning that the |
| 3620 | window has been specially created by @code{display-buffer}, @code{frame} | 3622 | window has been specially created by @code{display-buffer}; @code{frame}, |
| 3621 | - a separate frame has been created, @code{same} - the window has | 3623 | a separate frame has been created; @code{same}, the window has |
| 3622 | displayed the same buffer before, or @code{other} - the window showed | 3624 | displayed the same buffer before; or @code{other}, the window showed |
| 3623 | another buffer before. | 3625 | another buffer before. |
| 3624 | 3626 | ||
| 3625 | The second element is either one of the symbols @code{window} or | 3627 | The second element is either one of the symbols @code{window} or |
diff --git a/doc/misc/ChangeLog b/doc/misc/ChangeLog index 3391a9ce9c1..f1759b5603a 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ChangeLog +++ b/doc/misc/ChangeLog | |||
| @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ | |||
| 1 | 2012-12-22 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | * Makefile.in (gfdl): New variable. Use throughout where | ||
| 4 | appropriate so that targets depend on doclicense.texi. | ||
| 5 | |||
| 1 | 2012-12-22 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> | 6 | 2012-12-22 Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
| 2 | 7 | ||
| 3 | * makefile.w32-in ($(INFO_TARGETS), $(DVI_TARGETS)): Depend on | 8 | * makefile.w32-in ($(INFO_TARGETS), $(DVI_TARGETS)): Depend on |
diff --git a/doc/misc/Makefile.in b/doc/misc/Makefile.in index 6b8c74e93bb..95d390fd3ba 100644 --- a/doc/misc/Makefile.in +++ b/doc/misc/Makefile.in | |||
| @@ -169,6 +169,8 @@ ENVADD = TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(emacsdir):$(TEXINPUTS)" \ | |||
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | mkinfodir = @${MKDIR_P} ${buildinfodir} | 170 | mkinfodir = @${MKDIR_P} ${buildinfodir} |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| 172 | gfdl = ${srcdir}/doclicense.texi | ||
| 173 | |||
| 172 | .PHONY: info dvi pdf echo-info | 174 | .PHONY: info dvi pdf echo-info |
| 173 | ## Prevent implicit rule triggering for foo.info. | 175 | ## Prevent implicit rule triggering for foo.info. |
| 174 | .SUFFIXES: | 176 | .SUFFIXES: |
| @@ -197,194 +199,195 @@ pdf: $(PDF_TARGETS) | |||
| 197 | # Note: "<" is not portable in ordinary make rules. | 199 | # Note: "<" is not portable in ordinary make rules. |
| 198 | 200 | ||
| 199 | ada-mode : $(buildinfodir)/ada-mode$(INFO_EXT) | 201 | ada-mode : $(buildinfodir)/ada-mode$(INFO_EXT) |
| 200 | $(buildinfodir)/ada-mode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi | 202 | $(buildinfodir)/ada-mode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 201 | $(mkinfodir) | 203 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 202 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi | 204 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi |
| 203 | ada-mode.dvi: ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi | 205 | ada-mode.dvi: ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 204 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi | 206 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi |
| 205 | ada-mode.pdf: ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi | 207 | ada-mode.pdf: ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 206 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi | 208 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ada-mode.texi |
| 207 | 209 | ||
| 208 | auth : $(buildinfodir)/auth$(INFO_EXT) | 210 | auth : $(buildinfodir)/auth$(INFO_EXT) |
| 209 | $(buildinfodir)/auth$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/auth.texi | 211 | $(buildinfodir)/auth$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/auth.texi ${gfdl} |
| 210 | $(mkinfodir) | 212 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 211 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/auth.texi | 213 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/auth.texi |
| 212 | auth.dvi: ${srcdir}/auth.texi | 214 | auth.dvi: ${srcdir}/auth.texi ${gfdl} |
| 213 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/auth.texi | 215 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/auth.texi |
| 214 | auth.pdf: ${srcdir}/auth.texi | 216 | auth.pdf: ${srcdir}/auth.texi ${gfdl} |
| 215 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/auth.texi | 217 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/auth.texi |
| 216 | 218 | ||
| 217 | autotype : $(buildinfodir)/autotype$(INFO_EXT) | 219 | autotype : $(buildinfodir)/autotype$(INFO_EXT) |
| 218 | $(buildinfodir)/autotype$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/autotype.texi | 220 | $(buildinfodir)/autotype$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/autotype.texi ${gfdl} |
| 219 | $(mkinfodir) | 221 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 220 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/autotype.texi | 222 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/autotype.texi |
| 221 | autotype.dvi: ${srcdir}/autotype.texi | 223 | autotype.dvi: ${srcdir}/autotype.texi ${gfdl} |
| 222 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/autotype.texi | 224 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/autotype.texi |
| 223 | autotype.pdf: ${srcdir}/autotype.texi | 225 | autotype.pdf: ${srcdir}/autotype.texi ${gfdl} |
| 224 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/autotype.texi | 226 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/autotype.texi |
| 225 | 227 | ||
| 226 | bovine : $(buildinfodir)/bovine$(INFO_EXT) | 228 | bovine : $(buildinfodir)/bovine$(INFO_EXT) |
| 227 | $(buildinfodir)/bovine$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/bovine.texi | 229 | $(buildinfodir)/bovine$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/bovine.texi ${gfdl} |
| 228 | $(mkinfodir) | 230 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 229 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/bovine.texi | 231 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/bovine.texi |
| 230 | bovine.dvi: ${srcdir}/bovine.texi | 232 | bovine.dvi: ${srcdir}/bovine.texi ${gfdl} |
| 231 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/bovine.texi | 233 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/bovine.texi |
| 232 | bovine.pdf: ${srcdir}/bovine.texi | 234 | bovine.pdf: ${srcdir}/bovine.texi ${gfdl} |
| 233 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/bovine.texi | 235 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/bovine.texi |
| 234 | 236 | ||
| 235 | calc : $(buildinfodir)/calc$(INFO_EXT) | 237 | calc : $(buildinfodir)/calc$(INFO_EXT) |
| 236 | $(buildinfodir)/calc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/calc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 238 | $(buildinfodir)/calc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/calc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 237 | $(mkinfodir) | 239 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 238 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/calc.texi | 240 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/calc.texi |
| 239 | calc.dvi: ${srcdir}/calc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 241 | calc.dvi: ${srcdir}/calc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 240 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/calc.texi | 242 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/calc.texi |
| 241 | calc.pdf: ${srcdir}/calc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 243 | calc.pdf: ${srcdir}/calc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 242 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/calc.texi | 244 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/calc.texi |
| 243 | 245 | ||
| 244 | ccmode : $(buildinfodir)/ccmode$(INFO_EXT) | 246 | ccmode : $(buildinfodir)/ccmode$(INFO_EXT) |
| 245 | $(buildinfodir)/ccmode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi | 247 | $(buildinfodir)/ccmode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 246 | $(mkinfodir) | 248 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 247 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi | 249 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi |
| 248 | cc-mode.dvi: ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi | 250 | cc-mode.dvi: ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 249 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi | 251 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi |
| 250 | cc-mode.pdf: ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi | 252 | cc-mode.pdf: ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 251 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi | 253 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/cc-mode.texi |
| 252 | 254 | ||
| 253 | cl : $(buildinfodir)/cl$(INFO_EXT) | 255 | cl : $(buildinfodir)/cl$(INFO_EXT) |
| 254 | $(buildinfodir)/cl$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/cl.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 256 | $(buildinfodir)/cl$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/cl.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 255 | $(mkinfodir) | 257 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 256 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/cl.texi | 258 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/cl.texi |
| 257 | cl.dvi: ${srcdir}/cl.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 259 | cl.dvi: ${srcdir}/cl.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 258 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/cl.texi | 260 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/cl.texi |
| 259 | cl.pdf: ${srcdir}/cl.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 261 | cl.pdf: ${srcdir}/cl.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 260 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/cl.texi | 262 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/cl.texi |
| 261 | 263 | ||
| 262 | dbus : $(buildinfodir)/dbus$(INFO_EXT) | 264 | dbus : $(buildinfodir)/dbus$(INFO_EXT) |
| 263 | $(buildinfodir)/dbus$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/dbus.texi | 265 | $(buildinfodir)/dbus$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/dbus.texi ${gfdl} |
| 264 | $(mkinfodir) | 266 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 265 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/dbus.texi | 267 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/dbus.texi |
| 266 | dbus.dvi: ${srcdir}/dbus.texi | 268 | dbus.dvi: ${srcdir}/dbus.texi ${gfdl} |
| 267 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/dbus.texi | 269 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/dbus.texi |
| 268 | dbus.pdf: ${srcdir}/dbus.texi | 270 | dbus.pdf: ${srcdir}/dbus.texi ${gfdl} |
| 269 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/dbus.texi | 271 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/dbus.texi |
| 270 | 272 | ||
| 271 | dired-x : $(buildinfodir)/dired-x$(INFO_EXT) | 273 | dired-x : $(buildinfodir)/dired-x$(INFO_EXT) |
| 272 | $(buildinfodir)/dired-x$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 274 | $(buildinfodir)/dired-x$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 273 | $(mkinfodir) | 275 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 274 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi | 276 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi |
| 275 | dired-x.dvi: ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 277 | dired-x.dvi: ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 276 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi | 278 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi |
| 277 | dired-x.pdf: ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 279 | dired-x.pdf: ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 278 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi | 280 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/dired-x.texi |
| 279 | 281 | ||
| 280 | ebrowse : $(buildinfodir)/ebrowse$(INFO_EXT) | 282 | ebrowse : $(buildinfodir)/ebrowse$(INFO_EXT) |
| 281 | $(buildinfodir)/ebrowse$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi | 283 | $(buildinfodir)/ebrowse$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi ${gfdl} |
| 282 | $(mkinfodir) | 284 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 283 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi | 285 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi |
| 284 | ebrowse.dvi: ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi | 286 | ebrowse.dvi: ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi ${gfdl} |
| 285 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi | 287 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi |
| 286 | ebrowse.pdf: ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi | 288 | ebrowse.pdf: ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi ${gfdl} |
| 287 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi | 289 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ebrowse.texi |
| 288 | 290 | ||
| 289 | ede : $(buildinfodir)/ede$(INFO_EXT) | 291 | ede : $(buildinfodir)/ede$(INFO_EXT) |
| 290 | $(buildinfodir)/ede$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ede.texi | 292 | $(buildinfodir)/ede$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ede.texi ${gfdl} |
| 291 | $(mkinfodir) | 293 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 292 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ede.texi | 294 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ede.texi |
| 293 | ede.dvi: ${srcdir}/ede.texi | 295 | ede.dvi: ${srcdir}/ede.texi ${gfdl} |
| 294 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ede.texi | 296 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ede.texi |
| 295 | ede.pdf: ${srcdir}/ede.texi | 297 | ede.pdf: ${srcdir}/ede.texi ${gfdl} |
| 296 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ede.texi | 298 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ede.texi |
| 297 | 299 | ||
| 298 | ediff : $(buildinfodir)/ediff$(INFO_EXT) | 300 | ediff : $(buildinfodir)/ediff$(INFO_EXT) |
| 299 | $(buildinfodir)/ediff$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ediff.texi | 301 | $(buildinfodir)/ediff$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ediff.texi ${gfdl} |
| 300 | $(mkinfodir) | 302 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 301 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ediff.texi | 303 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ediff.texi |
| 302 | ediff.dvi: ${srcdir}/ediff.texi | 304 | ediff.dvi: ${srcdir}/ediff.texi ${gfdl} |
| 303 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ediff.texi | 305 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ediff.texi |
| 304 | ediff.pdf: ${srcdir}/ediff.texi | 306 | ediff.pdf: ${srcdir}/ediff.texi ${gfdl} |
| 305 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ediff.texi | 307 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ediff.texi |
| 306 | 308 | ||
| 307 | edt : $(buildinfodir)/edt$(INFO_EXT) | 309 | edt : $(buildinfodir)/edt$(INFO_EXT) |
| 308 | $(buildinfodir)/edt$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/edt.texi | 310 | $(buildinfodir)/edt$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/edt.texi ${gfdl} |
| 309 | $(mkinfodir) | 311 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 310 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/edt.texi | 312 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/edt.texi |
| 311 | edt.dvi: ${srcdir}/edt.texi | 313 | edt.dvi: ${srcdir}/edt.texi ${gfdl} |
| 312 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/edt.texi | 314 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/edt.texi |
| 313 | edt.pdf: ${srcdir}/edt.texi | 315 | edt.pdf: ${srcdir}/edt.texi ${gfdl} |
| 314 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/edt.texi | 316 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/edt.texi |
| 315 | 317 | ||
| 316 | eieio : $(buildinfodir)/eieio$(INFO_EXT) | 318 | eieio : $(buildinfodir)/eieio$(INFO_EXT) |
| 317 | $(buildinfodir)/eieio$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/eieio.texi | 319 | $(buildinfodir)/eieio$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/eieio.texi ${gfdl} |
| 318 | $(mkinfodir) | 320 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 319 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/eieio.texi | 321 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/eieio.texi |
| 320 | eieio.dvi: ${srcdir}/eieio.texi | 322 | eieio.dvi: ${srcdir}/eieio.texi ${gfdl} |
| 321 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/eieio.texi | 323 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/eieio.texi |
| 322 | eieio.pdf: ${srcdir}/eieio.texi | 324 | eieio.pdf: ${srcdir}/eieio.texi ${gfdl} |
| 323 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/eieio.texi | 325 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/eieio.texi |
| 324 | 326 | ||
| 325 | emacs-gnutls : $(buildinfodir)/emacs-gnutls$(INFO_EXT) | 327 | emacs-gnutls : $(buildinfodir)/emacs-gnutls$(INFO_EXT) |
| 326 | $(buildinfodir)/emacs-gnutls$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi | 328 | $(buildinfodir)/emacs-gnutls$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi ${gfdl} |
| 327 | $(mkinfodir) | 329 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 328 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi | 330 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi |
| 329 | emacs-gnutls.dvi: ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi | 331 | emacs-gnutls.dvi: ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi ${gfdl} |
| 330 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi | 332 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi |
| 331 | emacs-gnutls.pdf: ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi | 333 | emacs-gnutls.pdf: ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi ${gfdl} |
| 332 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi | 334 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/emacs-gnutls.texi |
| 333 | 335 | ||
| 334 | emacs-mime : $(buildinfodir)/emacs-mime$(INFO_EXT) | 336 | emacs-mime : $(buildinfodir)/emacs-mime$(INFO_EXT) |
| 335 | $(buildinfodir)/emacs-mime$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi | 337 | $(buildinfodir)/emacs-mime$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi ${gfdl} |
| 336 | $(mkinfodir) | 338 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 337 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) --enable-encoding -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi | 339 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) --enable-encoding -o $@ ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi |
| 338 | emacs-mime.dvi: ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi | 340 | emacs-mime.dvi: ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi ${gfdl} |
| 339 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi | 341 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi |
| 340 | emacs-mime.pdf: ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi | 342 | emacs-mime.pdf: ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi ${gfdl} |
| 341 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi | 343 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/emacs-mime.texi |
| 342 | 344 | ||
| 343 | epa : $(buildinfodir)/epa$(INFO_EXT) | 345 | epa : $(buildinfodir)/epa$(INFO_EXT) |
| 344 | $(buildinfodir)/epa$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/epa.texi | 346 | $(buildinfodir)/epa$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/epa.texi ${gfdl} |
| 345 | $(mkinfodir) | 347 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 346 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/epa.texi | 348 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/epa.texi |
| 347 | epa.dvi: ${srcdir}/epa.texi | 349 | epa.dvi: ${srcdir}/epa.texi ${gfdl} |
| 348 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/epa.texi | 350 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/epa.texi |
| 349 | epa.pdf: ${srcdir}/epa.texi | 351 | epa.pdf: ${srcdir}/epa.texi ${gfdl} |
| 350 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/epa.texi | 352 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/epa.texi |
| 351 | 353 | ||
| 352 | erc : $(buildinfodir)/erc$(INFO_EXT) | 354 | erc : $(buildinfodir)/erc$(INFO_EXT) |
| 353 | $(buildinfodir)/erc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/erc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 355 | $(buildinfodir)/erc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/erc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 354 | $(mkinfodir) | 356 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 355 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/erc.texi | 357 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/erc.texi |
| 356 | erc.dvi: ${srcdir}/erc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 358 | erc.dvi: ${srcdir}/erc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 357 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/erc.texi | 359 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/erc.texi |
| 358 | erc.pdf: ${srcdir}/erc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 360 | erc.pdf: ${srcdir}/erc.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 359 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/erc.texi | 361 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/erc.texi |
| 360 | 362 | ||
| 361 | ert : $(buildinfodir)/ert$(INFO_EXT) | 363 | ert : $(buildinfodir)/ert$(INFO_EXT) |
| 362 | $(buildinfodir)/ert$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ert.texi | 364 | $(buildinfodir)/ert$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ert.texi ${gfdl} |
| 363 | $(mkinfodir) | 365 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 364 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ert.texi | 366 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ert.texi |
| 365 | ert.dvi: ${srcdir}/ert.texi | 367 | ert.dvi: ${srcdir}/ert.texi ${gfdl} |
| 366 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ert.texi | 368 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ert.texi |
| 367 | ert.pdf: ${srcdir}/ert.texi | 369 | ert.pdf: ${srcdir}/ert.texi ${gfdl} |
| 368 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ert.texi | 370 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ert.texi |
| 369 | 371 | ||
| 370 | eshell : $(buildinfodir)/eshell$(INFO_EXT) | 372 | eshell : $(buildinfodir)/eshell$(INFO_EXT) |
| 371 | $(buildinfodir)/eshell$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/eshell.texi | 373 | $(buildinfodir)/eshell$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/eshell.texi ${gfdl} |
| 372 | $(mkinfodir) | 374 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 373 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/eshell.texi | 375 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/eshell.texi |
| 374 | eshell.dvi: ${srcdir}/eshell.texi | 376 | eshell.dvi: ${srcdir}/eshell.texi ${gfdl} |
| 375 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/eshell.texi | 377 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/eshell.texi |
| 376 | eshell.pdf: ${srcdir}/eshell.texi | 378 | eshell.pdf: ${srcdir}/eshell.texi ${gfdl} |
| 377 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/eshell.texi | 379 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/eshell.texi |
| 378 | 380 | ||
| 379 | eudc : $(buildinfodir)/eudc$(INFO_EXT) | 381 | eudc : $(buildinfodir)/eudc$(INFO_EXT) |
| 380 | $(buildinfodir)/eudc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/eudc.texi | 382 | $(buildinfodir)/eudc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/eudc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 381 | $(mkinfodir) | 383 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 382 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/eudc.texi | 384 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/eudc.texi |
| 383 | eudc.dvi: ${srcdir}/eudc.texi | 385 | eudc.dvi: ${srcdir}/eudc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 384 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/eudc.texi | 386 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/eudc.texi |
| 385 | eudc.pdf: ${srcdir}/eudc.texi | 387 | eudc.pdf: ${srcdir}/eudc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 386 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/eudc.texi | 388 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/eudc.texi |
| 387 | 389 | ||
| 390 | ## No gfdl dependency. | ||
| 388 | efaq : $(buildinfodir)/efaq$(INFO_EXT) | 391 | efaq : $(buildinfodir)/efaq$(INFO_EXT) |
| 389 | $(buildinfodir)/efaq$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/faq.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 392 | $(buildinfodir)/efaq$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/faq.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi |
| 390 | $(mkinfodir) | 393 | $(mkinfodir) |
| @@ -404,34 +407,34 @@ emacs-faq.text: ${srcdir}/faq.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | |||
| 404 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) --plaintext -o $@ ${srcdir}/faq.texi | 407 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) --plaintext -o $@ ${srcdir}/faq.texi |
| 405 | 408 | ||
| 406 | flymake : $(buildinfodir)/flymake$(INFO_EXT) | 409 | flymake : $(buildinfodir)/flymake$(INFO_EXT) |
| 407 | $(buildinfodir)/flymake$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/flymake.texi | 410 | $(buildinfodir)/flymake$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/flymake.texi ${gfdl} |
| 408 | $(mkinfodir) | 411 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 409 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/flymake.texi | 412 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/flymake.texi |
| 410 | flymake.dvi: ${srcdir}/flymake.texi | 413 | flymake.dvi: ${srcdir}/flymake.texi ${gfdl} |
| 411 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/flymake.texi | 414 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/flymake.texi |
| 412 | flymake.pdf: ${srcdir}/flymake.texi | 415 | flymake.pdf: ${srcdir}/flymake.texi ${gfdl} |
| 413 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/flymake.texi | 416 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/flymake.texi |
| 414 | 417 | ||
| 415 | forms : $(buildinfodir)/forms$(INFO_EXT) | 418 | forms : $(buildinfodir)/forms$(INFO_EXT) |
| 416 | $(buildinfodir)/forms$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/forms.texi | 419 | $(buildinfodir)/forms$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/forms.texi ${gfdl} |
| 417 | $(mkinfodir) | 420 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 418 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/forms.texi | 421 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/forms.texi |
| 419 | forms.dvi: ${srcdir}/forms.texi | 422 | forms.dvi: ${srcdir}/forms.texi ${gfdl} |
| 420 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/forms.texi | 423 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/forms.texi |
| 421 | forms.pdf: ${srcdir}/forms.texi | 424 | forms.pdf: ${srcdir}/forms.texi ${gfdl} |
| 422 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/forms.texi | 425 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/forms.texi |
| 423 | 426 | ||
| 424 | # gnus/message/emacs-mime/sieve/pgg are part of Gnus: | 427 | # gnus/message/emacs-mime/sieve/pgg are part of Gnus: |
| 425 | gnus : $(buildinfodir)/gnus$(INFO_EXT) | 428 | gnus : $(buildinfodir)/gnus$(INFO_EXT) |
| 426 | $(buildinfodir)/gnus$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi | 429 | $(buildinfodir)/gnus$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi ${gfdl} |
| 427 | $(mkinfodir) | 430 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 428 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/gnus.texi | 431 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/gnus.texi |
| 429 | gnus.dvi: ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi | 432 | gnus.dvi: ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi ${gfdl} |
| 430 | sed -e '/@iflatex/,/@end iflatex/d' ${srcdir}/gnus.texi > gnustmp.texi | 433 | sed -e '/@iflatex/,/@end iflatex/d' ${srcdir}/gnus.texi > gnustmp.texi |
| 431 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) gnustmp.texi | 434 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) gnustmp.texi |
| 432 | cp gnustmp.dvi $@ | 435 | cp gnustmp.dvi $@ |
| 433 | rm gnustmp.* | 436 | rm gnustmp.* |
| 434 | gnus.pdf: ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi | 437 | gnus.pdf: ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi ${gfdl} |
| 435 | sed -e '/@iflatex/,/@end iflatex/d' ${srcdir}/gnus.texi > gnustmp.texi | 438 | sed -e '/@iflatex/,/@end iflatex/d' ${srcdir}/gnus.texi > gnustmp.texi |
| 436 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) gnustmp.texi | 439 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) gnustmp.texi |
| 437 | cp gnustmp.pdf $@ | 440 | cp gnustmp.pdf $@ |
| @@ -439,257 +442,257 @@ gnus.pdf: ${srcdir}/gnus.texi ${srcdir}/gnus-faq.texi | |||
| 439 | 442 | ||
| 440 | # NB this one needs --no-split even without a .info extension. | 443 | # NB this one needs --no-split even without a .info extension. |
| 441 | idlwave : $(buildinfodir)/idlwave$(INFO_EXT) | 444 | idlwave : $(buildinfodir)/idlwave$(INFO_EXT) |
| 442 | $(buildinfodir)/idlwave$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi | 445 | $(buildinfodir)/idlwave$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi ${gfdl} |
| 443 | $(mkinfodir) | 446 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 444 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi | 447 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi |
| 445 | idlwave.dvi: ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi | 448 | idlwave.dvi: ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi ${gfdl} |
| 446 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi | 449 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi |
| 447 | idlwave.pdf: ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi | 450 | idlwave.pdf: ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi ${gfdl} |
| 448 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi | 451 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/idlwave.texi |
| 449 | 452 | ||
| 450 | # NB this one needs --no-split even without a .info extension. | 453 | # NB this one needs --no-split even without a .info extension. |
| 451 | # Avoid name clash with overall "info" target. | 454 | # Avoid name clash with overall "info" target. |
| 452 | info.info : $(buildinfodir)/info$(INFO_EXT) | 455 | info.info : $(buildinfodir)/info$(INFO_EXT) |
| 453 | $(buildinfodir)/info$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/info.texi | 456 | $(buildinfodir)/info$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/info.texi ${gfdl} |
| 454 | $(mkinfodir) | 457 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 455 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/info.texi | 458 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/info.texi |
| 456 | info.dvi: ${srcdir}/info.texi | 459 | info.dvi: ${srcdir}/info.texi ${gfdl} |
| 457 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/info.texi | 460 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/info.texi |
| 458 | info.pdf: ${srcdir}/info.texi | 461 | info.pdf: ${srcdir}/info.texi ${gfdl} |
| 459 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/info.texi | 462 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/info.texi |
| 460 | 463 | ||
| 461 | mairix-el : $(buildinfodir)/mairix-el$(INFO_EXT) | 464 | mairix-el : $(buildinfodir)/mairix-el$(INFO_EXT) |
| 462 | $(buildinfodir)/mairix-el$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi | 465 | $(buildinfodir)/mairix-el$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi ${gfdl} |
| 463 | $(mkinfodir) | 466 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 464 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi | 467 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi |
| 465 | mairix-el.dvi: ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi | 468 | mairix-el.dvi: ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi ${gfdl} |
| 466 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi | 469 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi |
| 467 | mairix-el.pdf: ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi | 470 | mairix-el.pdf: ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi ${gfdl} |
| 468 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi | 471 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/mairix-el.texi |
| 469 | 472 | ||
| 470 | message : $(buildinfodir)/message$(INFO_EXT) | 473 | message : $(buildinfodir)/message$(INFO_EXT) |
| 471 | $(buildinfodir)/message$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/message.texi | 474 | $(buildinfodir)/message$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/message.texi ${gfdl} |
| 472 | $(mkinfodir) | 475 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 473 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/message.texi | 476 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/message.texi |
| 474 | message.dvi: ${srcdir}/message.texi | 477 | message.dvi: ${srcdir}/message.texi ${gfdl} |
| 475 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/message.texi | 478 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/message.texi |
| 476 | message.pdf: ${srcdir}/message.texi | 479 | message.pdf: ${srcdir}/message.texi ${gfdl} |
| 477 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/message.texi | 480 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/message.texi |
| 478 | 481 | ||
| 479 | mh-e : $(buildinfodir)/mh-e$(INFO_EXT) | 482 | mh-e : $(buildinfodir)/mh-e$(INFO_EXT) |
| 480 | $(buildinfodir)/mh-e$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi | 483 | $(buildinfodir)/mh-e$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi ${gfdl} |
| 481 | $(mkinfodir) | 484 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 482 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi | 485 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi |
| 483 | mh-e.dvi: ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi | 486 | mh-e.dvi: ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi ${gfdl} |
| 484 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi | 487 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi |
| 485 | mh-e.pdf: ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi | 488 | mh-e.pdf: ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi ${gfdl} |
| 486 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi | 489 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/mh-e.texi |
| 487 | 490 | ||
| 488 | newsticker : $(buildinfodir)/newsticker$(INFO_EXT) | 491 | newsticker : $(buildinfodir)/newsticker$(INFO_EXT) |
| 489 | $(buildinfodir)/newsticker$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi | 492 | $(buildinfodir)/newsticker$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi ${gfdl} |
| 490 | $(mkinfodir) | 493 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 491 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi | 494 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi |
| 492 | newsticker.dvi: ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi | 495 | newsticker.dvi: ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi ${gfdl} |
| 493 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi | 496 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi |
| 494 | newsticker.pdf: ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi | 497 | newsticker.pdf: ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi ${gfdl} |
| 495 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi | 498 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/newsticker.texi |
| 496 | 499 | ||
| 497 | nxml-mode : $(buildinfodir)/nxml-mode$(INFO_EXT) | 500 | nxml-mode : $(buildinfodir)/nxml-mode$(INFO_EXT) |
| 498 | $(buildinfodir)/nxml-mode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi | 501 | $(buildinfodir)/nxml-mode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 499 | $(mkinfodir) | 502 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 500 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi | 503 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi |
| 501 | nxml-mode.dvi: ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi | 504 | nxml-mode.dvi: ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 502 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi | 505 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi |
| 503 | nxml-mode.pdf: ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi | 506 | nxml-mode.pdf: ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 504 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi | 507 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/nxml-mode.texi |
| 505 | 508 | ||
| 506 | org : $(buildinfodir)/org$(INFO_EXT) | 509 | org : $(buildinfodir)/org$(INFO_EXT) |
| 507 | $(buildinfodir)/org$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/org.texi | 510 | $(buildinfodir)/org$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/org.texi ${gfdl} |
| 508 | $(mkinfodir) | 511 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 509 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/org.texi | 512 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/org.texi |
| 510 | org.dvi: ${srcdir}/org.texi | 513 | org.dvi: ${srcdir}/org.texi ${gfdl} |
| 511 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/org.texi | 514 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/org.texi |
| 512 | org.pdf: ${srcdir}/org.texi | 515 | org.pdf: ${srcdir}/org.texi ${gfdl} |
| 513 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/org.texi | 516 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/org.texi |
| 514 | 517 | ||
| 515 | pcl-cvs : $(buildinfodir)/pcl-cvs$(INFO_EXT) | 518 | pcl-cvs : $(buildinfodir)/pcl-cvs$(INFO_EXT) |
| 516 | $(buildinfodir)/pcl-cvs$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi | 519 | $(buildinfodir)/pcl-cvs$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi ${gfdl} |
| 517 | $(mkinfodir) | 520 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 518 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi | 521 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi |
| 519 | pcl-cvs.dvi: ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi | 522 | pcl-cvs.dvi: ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi ${gfdl} |
| 520 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi | 523 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi |
| 521 | pcl-cvs.pdf: ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi | 524 | pcl-cvs.pdf: ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi ${gfdl} |
| 522 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi | 525 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/pcl-cvs.texi |
| 523 | 526 | ||
| 524 | pgg : $(buildinfodir)/pgg$(INFO_EXT) | 527 | pgg : $(buildinfodir)/pgg$(INFO_EXT) |
| 525 | $(buildinfodir)/pgg$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/pgg.texi | 528 | $(buildinfodir)/pgg$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/pgg.texi ${gfdl} |
| 526 | $(mkinfodir) | 529 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 527 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/pgg.texi | 530 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/pgg.texi |
| 528 | pgg.dvi: ${srcdir}/pgg.texi | 531 | pgg.dvi: ${srcdir}/pgg.texi ${gfdl} |
| 529 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/pgg.texi | 532 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/pgg.texi |
| 530 | pgg.pdf: ${srcdir}/pgg.texi | 533 | pgg.pdf: ${srcdir}/pgg.texi ${gfdl} |
| 531 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/pgg.texi | 534 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/pgg.texi |
| 532 | 535 | ||
| 533 | rcirc : $(buildinfodir)/rcirc$(INFO_EXT) | 536 | rcirc : $(buildinfodir)/rcirc$(INFO_EXT) |
| 534 | $(buildinfodir)/rcirc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi | 537 | $(buildinfodir)/rcirc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 535 | $(mkinfodir) | 538 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 536 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi | 539 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi |
| 537 | rcirc.dvi: ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi | 540 | rcirc.dvi: ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 538 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi | 541 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi |
| 539 | rcirc.pdf: ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi | 542 | rcirc.pdf: ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 540 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi | 543 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/rcirc.texi |
| 541 | 544 | ||
| 542 | reftex : $(buildinfodir)/reftex$(INFO_EXT) | 545 | reftex : $(buildinfodir)/reftex$(INFO_EXT) |
| 543 | $(buildinfodir)/reftex$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/reftex.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 546 | $(buildinfodir)/reftex$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/reftex.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 544 | $(mkinfodir) | 547 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 545 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/reftex.texi | 548 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/reftex.texi |
| 546 | reftex.dvi: ${srcdir}/reftex.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 549 | reftex.dvi: ${srcdir}/reftex.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 547 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/reftex.texi | 550 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/reftex.texi |
| 548 | reftex.pdf: ${srcdir}/reftex.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 551 | reftex.pdf: ${srcdir}/reftex.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 549 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/reftex.texi | 552 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/reftex.texi |
| 550 | 553 | ||
| 551 | remember : $(buildinfodir)/remember$(INFO_EXT) | 554 | remember : $(buildinfodir)/remember$(INFO_EXT) |
| 552 | $(buildinfodir)/remember$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/remember.texi | 555 | $(buildinfodir)/remember$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/remember.texi ${gfdl} |
| 553 | $(mkinfodir) | 556 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 554 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/remember.texi | 557 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/remember.texi |
| 555 | remember.dvi: ${srcdir}/remember.texi | 558 | remember.dvi: ${srcdir}/remember.texi ${gfdl} |
| 556 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/remember.texi | 559 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/remember.texi |
| 557 | remember.pdf: ${srcdir}/remember.texi | 560 | remember.pdf: ${srcdir}/remember.texi ${gfdl} |
| 558 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/remember.texi | 561 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/remember.texi |
| 559 | 562 | ||
| 560 | sasl : $(buildinfodir)/sasl$(INFO_EXT) | 563 | sasl : $(buildinfodir)/sasl$(INFO_EXT) |
| 561 | $(buildinfodir)/sasl$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/sasl.texi | 564 | $(buildinfodir)/sasl$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/sasl.texi ${gfdl} |
| 562 | $(mkinfodir) | 565 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 563 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/sasl.texi | 566 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/sasl.texi |
| 564 | sasl.dvi: ${srcdir}/sasl.texi | 567 | sasl.dvi: ${srcdir}/sasl.texi ${gfdl} |
| 565 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/sasl.texi | 568 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/sasl.texi |
| 566 | sasl.pdf: ${srcdir}/sasl.texi | 569 | sasl.pdf: ${srcdir}/sasl.texi ${gfdl} |
| 567 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/sasl.texi | 570 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/sasl.texi |
| 568 | 571 | ||
| 569 | sc : $(buildinfodir)/sc$(INFO_EXT) | 572 | sc : $(buildinfodir)/sc$(INFO_EXT) |
| 570 | $(buildinfodir)/sc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/sc.texi | 573 | $(buildinfodir)/sc$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/sc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 571 | $(mkinfodir) | 574 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 572 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/sc.texi | 575 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/sc.texi |
| 573 | sc.dvi: ${srcdir}/sc.texi | 576 | sc.dvi: ${srcdir}/sc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 574 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/sc.texi | 577 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/sc.texi |
| 575 | sc.pdf: ${srcdir}/sc.texi | 578 | sc.pdf: ${srcdir}/sc.texi ${gfdl} |
| 576 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/sc.texi | 579 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/sc.texi |
| 577 | 580 | ||
| 578 | semantic : $(buildinfodir)/semantic$(INFO_EXT) | 581 | semantic : $(buildinfodir)/semantic$(INFO_EXT) |
| 579 | $(buildinfodir)/semantic$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/semantic.texi ${srcdir}/sem-user.texi | 582 | $(buildinfodir)/semantic$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/semantic.texi ${srcdir}/sem-user.texi ${gfdl} |
| 580 | $(mkinfodir) | 583 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 581 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/semantic.texi | 584 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/semantic.texi |
| 582 | semantic.dvi: ${srcdir}/semantic.texi ${srcdir}/sem-user.texi | 585 | semantic.dvi: ${srcdir}/semantic.texi ${srcdir}/sem-user.texi ${gfdl} |
| 583 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/semantic.texi | 586 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/semantic.texi |
| 584 | semantic.pdf: ${srcdir}/semantic.texi ${srcdir}/sem-user.texi | 587 | semantic.pdf: ${srcdir}/semantic.texi ${srcdir}/sem-user.texi ${gfdl} |
| 585 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/semantic.texi | 588 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/semantic.texi |
| 586 | 589 | ||
| 587 | ses : $(buildinfodir)/ses$(INFO_EXT) | 590 | ses : $(buildinfodir)/ses$(INFO_EXT) |
| 588 | $(buildinfodir)/ses$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ses.texi | 591 | $(buildinfodir)/ses$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/ses.texi ${gfdl} |
| 589 | $(mkinfodir) | 592 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 590 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ses.texi | 593 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/ses.texi |
| 591 | ses.dvi: ${srcdir}/ses.texi | 594 | ses.dvi: ${srcdir}/ses.texi ${gfdl} |
| 592 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ses.texi | 595 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/ses.texi |
| 593 | ses.pdf: ${srcdir}/ses.texi | 596 | ses.pdf: ${srcdir}/ses.texi ${gfdl} |
| 594 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ses.texi | 597 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/ses.texi |
| 595 | 598 | ||
| 596 | sieve : $(buildinfodir)/sieve$(INFO_EXT) | 599 | sieve : $(buildinfodir)/sieve$(INFO_EXT) |
| 597 | $(buildinfodir)/sieve$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/sieve.texi | 600 | $(buildinfodir)/sieve$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/sieve.texi ${gfdl} |
| 598 | $(mkinfodir) | 601 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 599 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/sieve.texi | 602 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/sieve.texi |
| 600 | sieve.dvi: ${srcdir}/sieve.texi | 603 | sieve.dvi: ${srcdir}/sieve.texi ${gfdl} |
| 601 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/sieve.texi | 604 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/sieve.texi |
| 602 | sieve.pdf: ${srcdir}/sieve.texi | 605 | sieve.pdf: ${srcdir}/sieve.texi ${gfdl} |
| 603 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/sieve.texi | 606 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/sieve.texi |
| 604 | 607 | ||
| 605 | smtpmail : $(buildinfodir)/smtpmail$(INFO_EXT) | 608 | smtpmail : $(buildinfodir)/smtpmail$(INFO_EXT) |
| 606 | $(buildinfodir)/smtpmail$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi | 609 | $(buildinfodir)/smtpmail$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi ${gfdl} |
| 607 | $(mkinfodir) | 610 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 608 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi | 611 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi |
| 609 | smtpmail.dvi: ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi | 612 | smtpmail.dvi: ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi ${gfdl} |
| 610 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi | 613 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi |
| 611 | smtpmail.pdf: ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi | 614 | smtpmail.pdf: ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi ${gfdl} |
| 612 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi | 615 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/smtpmail.texi |
| 613 | 616 | ||
| 614 | speedbar : $(buildinfodir)/speedbar$(INFO_EXT) | 617 | speedbar : $(buildinfodir)/speedbar$(INFO_EXT) |
| 615 | $(buildinfodir)/speedbar$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi | 618 | $(buildinfodir)/speedbar$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi ${gfdl} |
| 616 | $(mkinfodir) | 619 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 617 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi | 620 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi |
| 618 | speedbar.dvi: ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi | 621 | speedbar.dvi: ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi ${gfdl} |
| 619 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi | 622 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi |
| 620 | speedbar.pdf: ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi | 623 | speedbar.pdf: ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi ${gfdl} |
| 621 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi | 624 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/speedbar.texi |
| 622 | 625 | ||
| 623 | srecode : $(buildinfodir)/srecode$(INFO_EXT) | 626 | srecode : $(buildinfodir)/srecode$(INFO_EXT) |
| 624 | $(buildinfodir)/srecode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/srecode.texi | 627 | $(buildinfodir)/srecode$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/srecode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 625 | $(mkinfodir) | 628 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 626 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/srecode.texi | 629 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/srecode.texi |
| 627 | srecode.dvi: ${srcdir}/srecode.texi | 630 | srecode.dvi: ${srcdir}/srecode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 628 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/srecode.texi | 631 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/srecode.texi |
| 629 | srecode.pdf: ${srcdir}/srecode.texi | 632 | srecode.pdf: ${srcdir}/srecode.texi ${gfdl} |
| 630 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/srecode.texi | 633 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/srecode.texi |
| 631 | 634 | ||
| 632 | tramp : $(buildinfodir)/tramp$(INFO_EXT) | 635 | tramp : $(buildinfodir)/tramp$(INFO_EXT) |
| 633 | $(buildinfodir)/tramp$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/tramp.texi ${srcdir}/trampver.texi | 636 | $(buildinfodir)/tramp$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/tramp.texi ${srcdir}/trampver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 634 | $(mkinfodir) | 637 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 635 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ -D emacs ${srcdir}/tramp.texi | 638 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ -D emacs ${srcdir}/tramp.texi |
| 636 | tramp.dvi: ${srcdir}/tramp.texi ${srcdir}/trampver.texi | 639 | tramp.dvi: ${srcdir}/tramp.texi ${srcdir}/trampver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 637 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/tramp.texi | 640 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/tramp.texi |
| 638 | tramp.pdf: ${srcdir}/tramp.texi ${srcdir}/trampver.texi | 641 | tramp.pdf: ${srcdir}/tramp.texi ${srcdir}/trampver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 639 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/tramp.texi | 642 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/tramp.texi |
| 640 | 643 | ||
| 641 | url : $(buildinfodir)/url$(INFO_EXT) | 644 | url : $(buildinfodir)/url$(INFO_EXT) |
| 642 | $(buildinfodir)/url$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/url.texi | 645 | $(buildinfodir)/url$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/url.texi ${gfdl} |
| 643 | $(mkinfodir) | 646 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 644 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/url.texi | 647 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/url.texi |
| 645 | url.dvi: ${srcdir}/url.texi | 648 | url.dvi: ${srcdir}/url.texi ${gfdl} |
| 646 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/url.texi | 649 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/url.texi |
| 647 | url.pdf: ${srcdir}/url.texi | 650 | url.pdf: ${srcdir}/url.texi ${gfdl} |
| 648 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/url.texi | 651 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/url.texi |
| 649 | 652 | ||
| 650 | vip : $(buildinfodir)/vip$(INFO_EXT) | 653 | vip : $(buildinfodir)/vip$(INFO_EXT) |
| 651 | $(buildinfodir)/vip$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/vip.texi | 654 | $(buildinfodir)/vip$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/vip.texi ${gfdl} |
| 652 | $(mkinfodir) | 655 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 653 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/vip.texi | 656 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/vip.texi |
| 654 | vip.dvi: ${srcdir}/vip.texi | 657 | vip.dvi: ${srcdir}/vip.texi ${gfdl} |
| 655 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/vip.texi | 658 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/vip.texi |
| 656 | vip.pdf: ${srcdir}/vip.texi | 659 | vip.pdf: ${srcdir}/vip.texi ${gfdl} |
| 657 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/vip.texi | 660 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/vip.texi |
| 658 | 661 | ||
| 659 | viper : $(buildinfodir)/viper$(INFO_EXT) | 662 | viper : $(buildinfodir)/viper$(INFO_EXT) |
| 660 | $(buildinfodir)/viper$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/viper.texi | 663 | $(buildinfodir)/viper$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/viper.texi ${gfdl} |
| 661 | $(mkinfodir) | 664 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 662 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/viper.texi | 665 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/viper.texi |
| 663 | viper.dvi: ${srcdir}/viper.texi | 666 | viper.dvi: ${srcdir}/viper.texi ${gfdl} |
| 664 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/viper.texi | 667 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/viper.texi |
| 665 | viper.pdf: ${srcdir}/viper.texi | 668 | viper.pdf: ${srcdir}/viper.texi ${gfdl} |
| 666 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/viper.texi | 669 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/viper.texi |
| 667 | 670 | ||
| 668 | widget : $(buildinfodir)/widget$(INFO_EXT) | 671 | widget : $(buildinfodir)/widget$(INFO_EXT) |
| 669 | $(buildinfodir)/widget$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/widget.texi | 672 | $(buildinfodir)/widget$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/widget.texi ${gfdl} |
| 670 | $(mkinfodir) | 673 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 671 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/widget.texi | 674 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/widget.texi |
| 672 | widget.dvi: ${srcdir}/widget.texi | 675 | widget.dvi: ${srcdir}/widget.texi ${gfdl} |
| 673 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/widget.texi | 676 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/widget.texi |
| 674 | widget.pdf: ${srcdir}/widget.texi | 677 | widget.pdf: ${srcdir}/widget.texi ${gfdl} |
| 675 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/widget.texi | 678 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/widget.texi |
| 676 | 679 | ||
| 677 | wisent : $(buildinfodir)/wisent$(INFO_EXT) | 680 | wisent : $(buildinfodir)/wisent$(INFO_EXT) |
| 678 | $(buildinfodir)/wisent$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/wisent.texi | 681 | $(buildinfodir)/wisent$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/wisent.texi ${gfdl} |
| 679 | $(mkinfodir) | 682 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 680 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/wisent.texi | 683 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/wisent.texi |
| 681 | wisent.dvi: ${srcdir}/wisent.texi | 684 | wisent.dvi: ${srcdir}/wisent.texi ${gfdl} |
| 682 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/wisent.texi | 685 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/wisent.texi |
| 683 | wisent.pdf: ${srcdir}/wisent.texi | 686 | wisent.pdf: ${srcdir}/wisent.texi ${gfdl} |
| 684 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/wisent.texi | 687 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/wisent.texi |
| 685 | 688 | ||
| 686 | woman : $(buildinfodir)/woman$(INFO_EXT) | 689 | woman : $(buildinfodir)/woman$(INFO_EXT) |
| 687 | $(buildinfodir)/woman$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/woman.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 690 | $(buildinfodir)/woman$(INFO_EXT): ${srcdir}/woman.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 688 | $(mkinfodir) | 691 | $(mkinfodir) |
| 689 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/woman.texi | 692 | $(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFO_OPTS) $(INFO_OPTS) -o $@ ${srcdir}/woman.texi |
| 690 | woman.dvi: ${srcdir}/woman.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 693 | woman.dvi: ${srcdir}/woman.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 691 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/woman.texi | 694 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2DVI) ${srcdir}/woman.texi |
| 692 | woman.pdf: ${srcdir}/woman.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi | 695 | woman.pdf: ${srcdir}/woman.texi $(emacsdir)/emacsver.texi ${gfdl} |
| 693 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/woman.texi | 696 | $(ENVADD) $(TEXI2PDF) ${srcdir}/woman.texi |
| 694 | 697 | ||
| 695 | 698 | ||
diff --git a/doc/misc/ada-mode.texi b/doc/misc/ada-mode.texi index 8bd05382b44..f4c29bb6e16 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ada-mode.texi +++ b/doc/misc/ada-mode.texi | |||
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |||
| 3 | @settitle Ada Mode | 3 | @settitle Ada Mode |
| 4 | 4 | ||
| 5 | @copying | 5 | @copying |
| 6 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 6 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | @quotation | 8 | @quotation |
| 9 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 9 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ Start a comment in default column. | |||
| 1506 | @item M-j | 1506 | @item M-j |
| 1507 | Continue comment on next line. | 1507 | Continue comment on next line. |
| 1508 | @item C-c ; | 1508 | @item C-c ; |
| 1509 | Comment the selected region (add -- at the beginning of lines). | 1509 | Comment the selected region (add @samp{--} at the beginning of lines). |
| 1510 | @item C-c : | 1510 | @item C-c : |
| 1511 | Uncomment the selected region | 1511 | Uncomment the selected region |
| 1512 | @item M-q | 1512 | @item M-q |
diff --git a/doc/misc/auth.texi b/doc/misc/auth.texi index bf8b180f71a..6f3a5fe0a38 100644 --- a/doc/misc/auth.texi +++ b/doc/misc/auth.texi | |||
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |||
| 10 | @copying | 10 | @copying |
| 11 | This file describes the Emacs auth-source library. | 11 | This file describes the Emacs auth-source library. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2008--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | @quotation | 15 | @quotation |
| 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/autotype.texi b/doc/misc/autotype.texi index b2a128774ed..9af47adfbe3 100644 --- a/doc/misc/autotype.texi +++ b/doc/misc/autotype.texi | |||
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |||
| 10 | @c @cindex autotypist | 10 | @c @cindex autotypist |
| 11 | 11 | ||
| 12 | @copying | 12 | @copying |
| 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 1994-1995, 1999, 2001-2012 | 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 1994--1995, 1999, 2001--2012 |
| 14 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
diff --git a/doc/misc/bovine.texi b/doc/misc/bovine.texi index 79a1b177716..f1a72f4cc3e 100644 --- a/doc/misc/bovine.texi +++ b/doc/misc/bovine.texi | |||
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ | |||
| 23 | @c %**end of header | 23 | @c %**end of header |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | @copying | 25 | @copying |
| 26 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2004, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 26 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2004, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | @quotation | 28 | @quotation |
| 29 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 29 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/calc.texi b/doc/misc/calc.texi index 52c93f1fe5b..a59ce3744bc 100644 --- a/doc/misc/calc.texi +++ b/doc/misc/calc.texi | |||
| @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with | |||
| 94 | GNU Emacs @value{EMACSVER}. | 94 | GNU Emacs @value{EMACSVER}. |
| 95 | @end ifnotinfo | 95 | @end ifnotinfo |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1991, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 97 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1991, 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | @quotation | 99 | @quotation |
| 100 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 100 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -17435,7 +17435,7 @@ daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of | |||
| 17435 | the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous | 17435 | the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous |
| 17436 | section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value, | 17436 | section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value, |
| 17437 | the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number, | 17437 | the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number, |
| 17438 | and the weekday number (0-6). | 17438 | and the weekday number (0--6). |
| 17439 | 17439 | ||
| 17440 | The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a | 17440 | The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a |
| 17441 | more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different | 17441 | more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different |
| @@ -36748,7 +36748,7 @@ time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}. | |||
| 36748 | 36748 | ||
| 36749 | @c 17 | 36749 | @c 17 |
| 36750 | @item | 36750 | @item |
| 36751 | A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366). | 36751 | A prefix argument specifies a day number (0--6, 0--31, or 0--366). |
| 36752 | 36752 | ||
| 36753 | @c 18 | 36753 | @c 18 |
| 36754 | @item | 36754 | @item |
diff --git a/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi b/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi index 031abba1f04..daa9c6f7ab8 100644 --- a/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi +++ b/doc/misc/cc-mode.texi | |||
| @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ CC Mode | |||
| 156 | @copying | 156 | @copying |
| 157 | This manual is for CC Mode in Emacs. | 157 | This manual is for CC Mode in Emacs. |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 159 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | @quotation | 161 | @quotation |
| 162 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 162 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants PSDL and CIDL), Pike | |||
| 219 | and AWK code. It provides syntax-based indentation, font locking, and | 219 | and AWK code. It provides syntax-based indentation, font locking, and |
| 220 | has several handy commands and some minor modes to make the editing | 220 | has several handy commands and some minor modes to make the editing |
| 221 | easier. It does not provide tools to look up and navigate between | 221 | easier. It does not provide tools to look up and navigate between |
| 222 | functions, classes etc - there are other packages for that. | 222 | functions, classes, etc.; there are other packages for that. |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | @insertcopying | 224 | @insertcopying |
| 225 | @end ifnottex | 225 | @end ifnottex |
| @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Late in 1997, Martin Stjernholm joined Barry on the @ccmode{} | |||
| 369 | Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support. In 2000 Martin | 369 | Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support. In 2000 Martin |
| 370 | took over as the sole maintainer. In 2001 Alan Mackenzie joined the | 370 | took over as the sole maintainer. In 2001 Alan Mackenzie joined the |
| 371 | team, implementing AWK support in version 5.30. @ccmode{} did not | 371 | team, implementing AWK support in version 5.30. @ccmode{} did not |
| 372 | originally contain the font lock support for its languages --- that | 372 | originally contain the font lock support for its languages; that |
| 373 | was added in version 5.30. | 373 | was added in version 5.30. |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | This manual describes @ccmode{} | 375 | This manual describes @ccmode{} |
| @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ increasing detail. | |||
| 441 | @itemize @bullet | 441 | @itemize @bullet |
| 442 | @item | 442 | @item |
| 443 | The chapter ``Configuration Basics'' tells you @emph{how} to write | 443 | The chapter ``Configuration Basics'' tells you @emph{how} to write |
| 444 | customizations - whether in hooks, in styles, in both, or in neither, | 444 | customizations: whether in hooks, in styles, in both, or in neither, |
| 445 | depending on your needs. It describes the @ccmode{} style system and | 445 | depending on your needs. It describes the @ccmode{} style system and |
| 446 | lists the standard styles that @ccmode{} supplies. | 446 | lists the standard styles that @ccmode{} supplies. |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ The FAQ contains a list of common problems and questions. | |||
| 468 | 468 | ||
| 469 | @item | 469 | @item |
| 470 | The next two chapters tell you how to get in touch with the @ccmode{} | 470 | The next two chapters tell you how to get in touch with the @ccmode{} |
| 471 | project - whether for updating @ccmode{} or submitting bug reports. | 471 | project: whether for updating @ccmode{} or submitting bug reports. |
| 472 | @end itemize | 472 | @end itemize |
| 473 | 473 | ||
| 474 | @noindent | 474 | @noindent |
| @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ current line. | |||
| 715 | When it is @code{nil}, @key{TAB} (re)indents the line only if point is | 715 | When it is @code{nil}, @key{TAB} (re)indents the line only if point is |
| 716 | to the left of the first non-whitespace character on the line. | 716 | to the left of the first non-whitespace character on the line. |
| 717 | Otherwise it inserts some whitespace (a tab or an equivalent number of | 717 | Otherwise it inserts some whitespace (a tab or an equivalent number of |
| 718 | spaces - see below) at point. | 718 | spaces; see below) at point. |
| 719 | @item | 719 | @item |
| 720 | With some other value, the line is reindented. Additionally, if point | 720 | With some other value, the line is reindented. Additionally, if point |
| 721 | is within a string or comment, some whitespace is inserted. | 721 | is within a string or comment, some whitespace is inserted. |
| @@ -820,10 +820,10 @@ often (in seconds) progress messages are to be displayed. | |||
| 820 | @kindex C-c C-c | 820 | @kindex C-c C-c |
| 821 | @findex comment-region | 821 | @findex comment-region |
| 822 | This command comments out the lines that start in the region. With a | 822 | This command comments out the lines that start in the region. With a |
| 823 | negative argument, it does the opposite - it deletes the comment | 823 | negative argument, it does the opposite: it deletes the comment |
| 824 | delimiters from these lines. @xref{Multi-Line Comments,,, emacs, GNU | 824 | delimiters from these lines. @xref{Multi-Line Comments,,, emacs, GNU |
| 825 | Emacs Manual}, for fuller details. @code{comment-region} isn't | 825 | Emacs Manual}, for fuller details. @code{comment-region} isn't |
| 826 | actually part of @ccmode{} - it is given a @ccmode{} binding for | 826 | actually part of @ccmode{}; it is given a @ccmode{} binding for |
| 827 | convenience. | 827 | convenience. |
| 828 | 828 | ||
| 829 | @item @kbd{M-;} (@code{comment-dwim} or @code{indent-for-comment} @footnote{The name of this command varies between (X)Emacs versions.}) | 829 | @item @kbd{M-;} (@code{comment-dwim} or @code{indent-for-comment} @footnote{The name of this command varies between (X)Emacs versions.}) |
| @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ them yourself, e.g., after typing @samp{@}}s. Its action is suppressed | |||
| 1147 | when electric mode is disabled. | 1147 | when electric mode is disabled. |
| 1148 | @item hungry-delete mode | 1148 | @item hungry-delete mode |
| 1149 | This lets you delete a contiguous block of whitespace with a single | 1149 | This lets you delete a contiguous block of whitespace with a single |
| 1150 | key - for example, the newline and indentation just inserted by | 1150 | key: for example, the newline and indentation just inserted by |
| 1151 | auto-newline when you want to back up and write a comment after the | 1151 | auto-newline when you want to back up and write a comment after the |
| 1152 | last statement. | 1152 | last statement. |
| 1153 | @item subword mode | 1153 | @item subword mode |
| @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ are enabled but the other two modes are disabled. | |||
| 1176 | 1176 | ||
| 1177 | @ccmode{} displays the current state of the first four of these minor | 1177 | @ccmode{} displays the current state of the first four of these minor |
| 1178 | modes on the modeline by appending letters to the major mode's name, | 1178 | modes on the modeline by appending letters to the major mode's name, |
| 1179 | one letter for each enabled minor mode - @samp{l} for electric mode, | 1179 | one letter for each enabled minor mode: @samp{l} for electric mode, |
| 1180 | @samp{a} for auto-newline mode, @samp{h} for hungry delete mode, and | 1180 | @samp{a} for auto-newline mode, @samp{h} for hungry delete mode, and |
| 1181 | @samp{w} for subword mode. If all these modes were enabled, you'd see | 1181 | @samp{w} for subword mode. If all these modes were enabled, you'd see |
| 1182 | @samp{C/lahw}@footnote{The @samp{C} would be replaced with the name of | 1182 | @samp{C/lahw}@footnote{The @samp{C} would be replaced with the name of |
| @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ turn it (or them) off. | |||
| 1234 | @cindex electric characters | 1234 | @cindex electric characters |
| 1235 | @comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! | 1235 | @comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! |
| 1236 | 1236 | ||
| 1237 | Most punctuation keys provide @dfn{electric} behavior - as well as | 1237 | Most punctuation keys provide @dfn{electric} behavior: as well as |
| 1238 | inserting themselves they perform some other action, such as | 1238 | inserting themselves they perform some other action, such as |
| 1239 | reindenting the line. This reindentation saves you from having to | 1239 | reindenting the line. This reindentation saves you from having to |
| 1240 | reindent a line manually after typing, say, a @samp{@}}. A few | 1240 | reindent a line manually after typing, say, a @samp{@}}. A few |
| @@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ initialization and the result is prepended. For an example, see | |||
| 2101 | @code{javadoc-font-lock-keywords} in @file{cc-fonts.el}. | 2101 | @code{javadoc-font-lock-keywords} in @file{cc-fonts.el}. |
| 2102 | 2102 | ||
| 2103 | If you add support for another doc comment style, please consider | 2103 | If you add support for another doc comment style, please consider |
| 2104 | contributing it - send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}. | 2104 | contributing it: send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}. |
| 2105 | 2105 | ||
| 2106 | 2106 | ||
| 2107 | @comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! | 2107 | @comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! |
| @@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ more sophisticated facilities, hooks and styles. | |||
| 2249 | An Emacs @dfn{hook} is a place to put Lisp functions that you want | 2249 | An Emacs @dfn{hook} is a place to put Lisp functions that you want |
| 2250 | Emacs to execute later in specific circumstances. | 2250 | Emacs to execute later in specific circumstances. |
| 2251 | @xref{Hooks,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}. @ccmode{} supplies a main | 2251 | @xref{Hooks,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}. @ccmode{} supplies a main |
| 2252 | hook and a language-specific hook for each language it supports - any | 2252 | hook and a language-specific hook for each language it supports; any |
| 2253 | functions you put onto these hooks get executed as the last part of a | 2253 | functions you put onto these hooks get executed as the last part of a |
| 2254 | buffer's initialization. Typically you put most of your customization | 2254 | buffer's initialization. Typically you put most of your customization |
| 2255 | within the main hook, and use the language-specific hooks to vary the | 2255 | within the main hook, and use the language-specific hooks to vary the |
| @@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@ string. | |||
| 2683 | If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to | 2683 | If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to |
| 2684 | create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing | 2684 | create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing |
| 2685 | style. To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the | 2685 | style. To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the |
| 2686 | following format - the list can then be passed as an argument to the | 2686 | following format; the list can then be passed as an argument to the |
| 2687 | function @code{c-add-style}. You can see an example of a style | 2687 | function @code{c-add-style}. You can see an example of a style |
| 2688 | definition in @ref{Sample .emacs File}. | 2688 | definition in @ref{Sample .emacs File}. |
| 2689 | 2689 | ||
| @@ -3166,7 +3166,7 @@ different ways, depending on the character just typed: | |||
| 3166 | @item Braces and Colons | 3166 | @item Braces and Colons |
| 3167 | @ccmode{} first determines the syntactic context of the brace or colon | 3167 | @ccmode{} first determines the syntactic context of the brace or colon |
| 3168 | (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}), then looks for a corresponding element in | 3168 | (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}), then looks for a corresponding element in |
| 3169 | an alist. This element specifies where to put newlines - this is any | 3169 | an alist. This element specifies where to put newlines: this is any |
| 3170 | combination of before and after the brace or colon. If no alist | 3170 | combination of before and after the brace or colon. If no alist |
| 3171 | element is found, newlines are inserted both before and after a brace, | 3171 | element is found, newlines are inserted both before and after a brace, |
| 3172 | but none are inserted around a colon. See @ref{Hanging Braces} and | 3172 | but none are inserted around a colon. See @ref{Hanging Braces} and |
| @@ -3267,7 +3267,7 @@ syntactic symbol, the associated value is either @code{nil}, a list, | |||
| 3267 | or a function. | 3267 | or a function. |
| 3268 | 3268 | ||
| 3269 | @table @asis | 3269 | @table @asis |
| 3270 | @item The Key - the syntactic symbol | 3270 | @item The Key: the syntactic symbol |
| 3271 | The syntactic symbols that are useful as keys in this list are | 3271 | The syntactic symbols that are useful as keys in this list are |
| 3272 | @code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-cont}, | 3272 | @code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-cont}, |
| 3273 | @code{inexpr-class-open}, @code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the | 3273 | @code{inexpr-class-open}, @code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the |
| @@ -3290,7 +3290,7 @@ lists in this regard, even though they do for normal indentation | |||
| 3290 | purposes. It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on | 3290 | purposes. It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on |
| 3291 | these constructs. | 3291 | these constructs. |
| 3292 | 3292 | ||
| 3293 | @item The associated value - the ``ACTION'' list or function | 3293 | @item The associated value: the ``ACTION'' list or function |
| 3294 | The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association | 3294 | The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association |
| 3295 | list is called an @var{action}, which can be either a list or a | 3295 | list is called an @var{action}, which can be either a list or a |
| 3296 | function which returns a list. @xref{Custom Braces}, for how to use | 3296 | function which returns a list. @xref{Custom Braces}, for how to use |
| @@ -3460,7 +3460,7 @@ that the brace appears on a line by itself. | |||
| 3460 | 3460 | ||
| 3461 | Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}), | 3461 | Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}), |
| 3462 | colons can also be made to hang using the style variable | 3462 | colons can also be made to hang using the style variable |
| 3463 | @code{c-hanging-colons-alist} - When a colon is typed, @ccmode | 3463 | @code{c-hanging-colons-alist}: when a colon is typed, @ccmode |
| 3464 | determines its syntactic context, looks this up in the alist | 3464 | determines its syntactic context, looks this up in the alist |
| 3465 | @code{c-changing-colons-alist} and inserts up to two newlines | 3465 | @code{c-changing-colons-alist} and inserts up to two newlines |
| 3466 | accordingly. Here, however, If @ccmode fails to find an entry for a | 3466 | accordingly. Here, however, If @ccmode fails to find an entry for a |
| @@ -3471,17 +3471,17 @@ newly typed colon. | |||
| 3471 | @vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-) | 3471 | @vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-) |
| 3472 | 3472 | ||
| 3473 | @table @asis | 3473 | @table @asis |
| 3474 | @item The Key - the syntactic symbol | 3474 | @item The Key: the syntactic symbol |
| 3475 | The syntactic symbols appropriate as keys in this association list | 3475 | The syntactic symbols appropriate as keys in this association list |
| 3476 | are: @code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label}, | 3476 | are: @code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label}, |
| 3477 | @code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}. @xref{Syntactic | 3477 | @code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}. @xref{Syntactic |
| 3478 | Symbols}. Elements with any other value as a key get ignored. | 3478 | Symbols}. Elements with any other value as a key get ignored. |
| 3479 | 3479 | ||
| 3480 | @item The associate value - the ``ACTION'' list | 3480 | @item The associated value: the ``ACTION'' list |
| 3481 | The @var{action} here is simply a list containing a combination of the | 3481 | The @var{action} here is simply a list containing a combination of the |
| 3482 | symbols @code{before} and @code{after}. Unlike in | 3482 | symbols @code{before} and @code{after}. Unlike in |
| 3483 | @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, functions as @var{actions} are not | 3483 | @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, functions as @var{actions} are not |
| 3484 | supported - there doesn't seem to be any need for them. | 3484 | supported; there doesn't seem to be any need for them. |
| 3485 | @end table | 3485 | @end table |
| 3486 | @end defopt | 3486 | @end defopt |
| 3487 | 3487 | ||
| @@ -3913,7 +3913,7 @@ recognized, e.g., @code{statement}, @code{substatement}, | |||
| 3913 | @code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc. @xref{Syntactic Symbols}, | 3913 | @code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc. @xref{Syntactic Symbols}, |
| 3914 | for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and | 3914 | for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and |
| 3915 | their semantics. The remaining entries are various data associated | 3915 | their semantics. The remaining entries are various data associated |
| 3916 | with the recognized construct - there might be zero or more. | 3916 | with the recognized construct; there might be zero or more. |
| 3917 | 3917 | ||
| 3918 | @cindex anchor position | 3918 | @cindex anchor position |
| 3919 | Conceptually, a line of code is always indented relative to some | 3919 | Conceptually, a line of code is always indented relative to some |
| @@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@ example: | |||
| 4570 | Here, lines 4, 7, and 10 are all assigned @code{case-label} syntax, | 4570 | Here, lines 4, 7, and 10 are all assigned @code{case-label} syntax, |
| 4571 | while lines 5 and 8 are assigned @code{statement-case-intro}. Line 11 | 4571 | while lines 5 and 8 are assigned @code{statement-case-intro}. Line 11 |
| 4572 | is treated slightly differently since it contains a brace that opens a | 4572 | is treated slightly differently since it contains a brace that opens a |
| 4573 | block --- it is given @code{statement-case-open} syntax. | 4573 | block; it is given @code{statement-case-open} syntax. |
| 4574 | 4574 | ||
| 4575 | @comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! | 4575 | @comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! |
| 4576 | @node Brace List Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Syntactic Symbols | 4576 | @node Brace List Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Syntactic Symbols |
| @@ -4798,7 +4798,7 @@ Line 2 is assigned the @code{func-decl-cont} syntax. | |||
| 4798 | @ssindex comment-intro | 4798 | @ssindex comment-intro |
| 4799 | Line 4 is assigned both @code{defun-block-intro} @emph{and} | 4799 | Line 4 is assigned both @code{defun-block-intro} @emph{and} |
| 4800 | @code{comment-intro} syntax. A syntactic element with | 4800 | @code{comment-intro} syntax. A syntactic element with |
| 4801 | @code{comment-intro} has no anchor point --- It is always accompanied | 4801 | @code{comment-intro} has no anchor point. It is always accompanied |
| 4802 | by another syntactic element which does have one. | 4802 | by another syntactic element which does have one. |
| 4803 | 4803 | ||
| 4804 | @item | 4804 | @item |
| @@ -5282,15 +5282,15 @@ values that the special symbols correspond to: | |||
| 5282 | @item + | 5282 | @item + |
| 5283 | @code{c-basic-offset} times 1 | 5283 | @code{c-basic-offset} times 1 |
| 5284 | @item - | 5284 | @item - |
| 5285 | @code{c-basic-offset} times -1 | 5285 | @code{c-basic-offset} times @minus{}1 |
| 5286 | @item ++ | 5286 | @item ++ |
| 5287 | @code{c-basic-offset} times 2 | 5287 | @code{c-basic-offset} times 2 |
| 5288 | @item -- | 5288 | @item -- |
| 5289 | @code{c-basic-offset} times -2 | 5289 | @code{c-basic-offset} times @minus{}2 |
| 5290 | @item * | 5290 | @item * |
| 5291 | @code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5 | 5291 | @code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5 |
| 5292 | @item / | 5292 | @item / |
| 5293 | @code{c-basic-offset} times -0.5 | 5293 | @code{c-basic-offset} times @minus{}0.5 |
| 5294 | @end table | 5294 | @end table |
| 5295 | 5295 | ||
| 5296 | @item A vector | 5296 | @item A vector |
| @@ -5332,10 +5332,10 @@ Use the first offset that doesn't evaluate to @code{nil}. Subsequent | |||
| 5332 | elements of the list don't get evaluated. | 5332 | elements of the list don't get evaluated. |
| 5333 | @item min | 5333 | @item min |
| 5334 | Use the minimum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or | 5334 | Use the minimum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or |
| 5335 | absolute - they can't be mixed. | 5335 | absolute; they can't be mixed. |
| 5336 | @item max | 5336 | @item max |
| 5337 | Use the maximum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or | 5337 | Use the maximum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or |
| 5338 | absolute - they can't be mixed. | 5338 | absolute; they can't be mixed. |
| 5339 | @item add | 5339 | @item add |
| 5340 | Add all the evaluated offsets together. Exactly one of them may be | 5340 | Add all the evaluated offsets together. Exactly one of them may be |
| 5341 | absolute, in which case the result is absolute. Any relative offsets | 5341 | absolute, in which case the result is absolute. Any relative offsets |
| @@ -5493,7 +5493,7 @@ any problems writing custom line-up functions for AWK mode. | |||
| 5493 | The calling convention for line-up functions is described fully in | 5493 | The calling convention for line-up functions is described fully in |
| 5494 | @ref{Custom Line-Up}. Roughly speaking, the return value is either an | 5494 | @ref{Custom Line-Up}. Roughly speaking, the return value is either an |
| 5495 | offset itself (such as @code{+} or @code{[0]}) or it's @code{nil}, | 5495 | offset itself (such as @code{+} or @code{[0]}) or it's @code{nil}, |
| 5496 | meaning ``this function is inappropriate in this case - try a | 5496 | meaning ``this function is inappropriate in this case; try a |
| 5497 | different one''. @xref{c-offsets-alist}. | 5497 | different one''. @xref{c-offsets-alist}. |
| 5498 | 5498 | ||
| 5499 | The subsections below describe all the standard line-up functions, | 5499 | The subsections below describe all the standard line-up functions, |
| @@ -6514,12 +6514,12 @@ your setup for this by using the access functions | |||
| 6514 | @vindex c-syntactic-context | 6514 | @vindex c-syntactic-context |
| 6515 | @vindex syntactic-context (c-) | 6515 | @vindex syntactic-context (c-) |
| 6516 | Some syntactic symbols, e.g., @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more | 6516 | Some syntactic symbols, e.g., @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more |
| 6517 | info in the syntactic element - typically other positions that can be | 6517 | info in the syntactic element: typically other positions that can be |
| 6518 | interesting besides the anchor position. That info can't be accessed | 6518 | interesting besides the anchor position. That info can't be accessed |
| 6519 | through the passed argument, which is a cons cell. Instead, you can | 6519 | through the passed argument, which is a cons cell. Instead, you can |
| 6520 | get this information from the variable @code{c-syntactic-element}, | 6520 | get this information from the variable @code{c-syntactic-element}, |
| 6521 | which is dynamically bound to the complete syntactic element. The | 6521 | which is dynamically bound to the complete syntactic element. The |
| 6522 | variable @code{c-syntactic-context} might also be useful - it gets | 6522 | variable @code{c-syntactic-context} might also be useful: it gets |
| 6523 | dynamically bound to the complete syntactic context. @xref{Custom | 6523 | dynamically bound to the complete syntactic context. @xref{Custom |
| 6524 | Braces}. | 6524 | Braces}. |
| 6525 | 6525 | ||
diff --git a/doc/misc/cl.texi b/doc/misc/cl.texi index 8d43f9d1953..7d24b22e3ad 100644 --- a/doc/misc/cl.texi +++ b/doc/misc/cl.texi | |||
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ | |||
| 6 | @copying | 6 | @copying |
| 7 | This file documents the GNU Emacs Common Lisp emulation package. | 7 | This file documents the GNU Emacs Common Lisp emulation package. |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 9 | Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | @quotation | 11 | @quotation |
| 12 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 12 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/dbus.texi b/doc/misc/dbus.texi index 610321f18c2..0356f66c166 100644 --- a/doc/misc/dbus.texi +++ b/doc/misc/dbus.texi | |||
| @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ | |||
| 9 | @syncodeindex fn cp | 9 | @syncodeindex fn cp |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | @copying | 11 | @copying |
| 12 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 12 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | @quotation | 14 | @quotation |
| 15 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 15 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/dired-x.texi b/doc/misc/dired-x.texi index ed10a2232f6..439a05f3412 100644 --- a/doc/misc/dired-x.texi +++ b/doc/misc/dired-x.texi | |||
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ | |||
| 19 | @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) | 19 | @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| 21 | @copying | 21 | @copying |
| 22 | Copyright @copyright{} 1994-1995, 1999, 2001-2012 | 22 | Copyright @copyright{} 1994--1995, 1999, 2001--2012 |
| 23 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 23 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | @quotation | 25 | @quotation |
diff --git a/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi b/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi index 71f58b7d714..3294d10db2b 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi +++ b/doc/misc/ebrowse.texi | |||
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |||
| 10 | @copying | 10 | @copying |
| 11 | This file documents Ebrowse, a C++ class browser for GNU Emacs. | 11 | This file documents Ebrowse, a C++ class browser for GNU Emacs. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2000--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | @quotation | 15 | @quotation |
| 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/ede.texi b/doc/misc/ede.texi index 704d5b1141c..78fcefb9e76 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ede.texi +++ b/doc/misc/ede.texi | |||
| @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ | |||
| 5 | @copying | 5 | @copying |
| 6 | This file describes EDE, the Emacs Development Environment. | 6 | This file describes EDE, the Emacs Development Environment. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2001, 2004-2005, 2008-2012 | 8 | Copyright @copyright{} 1998--2001, 2004--2005, 2008--2012 |
| 9 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 9 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | @quotation | 11 | @quotation |
diff --git a/doc/misc/ediff.texi b/doc/misc/ediff.texi index 002a726d232..1aba0a446f1 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ediff.texi +++ b/doc/misc/ediff.texi | |||
| @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ | |||
| 25 | This file documents Ediff, a comprehensive visual interface to Unix diff | 25 | This file documents Ediff, a comprehensive visual interface to Unix diff |
| 26 | and patch utilities. | 26 | and patch utilities. |
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 28 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 29 | 29 | ||
| 30 | @quotation | 30 | @quotation |
| 31 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 31 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -556,8 +556,8 @@ Makes the next difference region current. | |||
| 556 | Makes the very first difference region current. | 556 | Makes the very first difference region current. |
| 557 | 557 | ||
| 558 | @kbd{-j} makes the last region current. Typing a number, N, and then `j' | 558 | @kbd{-j} makes the last region current. Typing a number, N, and then `j' |
| 559 | makes the difference region N current. Typing -N (a negative number) then | 559 | makes the difference region N current. Typing @minus{}N (a negative number) then |
| 560 | `j' makes current the region Last - N. | 560 | `j' makes current the region Last @minus{} N. |
| 561 | 561 | ||
| 562 | @item ga | 562 | @item ga |
| 563 | @kindex ga | 563 | @kindex ga |
| @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ difference. | |||
| 954 | @vindex ediff-use-toolbar-p | 954 | @vindex ediff-use-toolbar-p |
| 955 | The use of the toolbar can also be specified via the variable | 955 | The use of the toolbar can also be specified via the variable |
| 956 | @code{ediff-use-toolbar-p} (default is @code{t}). This variable can be set | 956 | @code{ediff-use-toolbar-p} (default is @code{t}). This variable can be set |
| 957 | only in @file{.emacs} --- do @strong{not} change it interactively. Use the | 957 | only in @file{.emacs}: do @strong{not} change it interactively. Use the |
| 958 | function @code{ediff-toggle-use-toolbar} instead. | 958 | function @code{ediff-toggle-use-toolbar} instead. |
| 959 | 959 | ||
| 960 | @item ediff-revert-buffers-then-recompute-diffs | 960 | @item ediff-revert-buffers-then-recompute-diffs |
| @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ Hooks run just before exiting a session group. | |||
| 1326 | @item ediff-meta-buffer-keymap-setup-hook | 1326 | @item ediff-meta-buffer-keymap-setup-hook |
| 1327 | @vindex ediff-meta-buffer-keymap-setup-hook | 1327 | @vindex ediff-meta-buffer-keymap-setup-hook |
| 1328 | @vindex ediff-meta-buffer-map | 1328 | @vindex ediff-meta-buffer-map |
| 1329 | Hooks run just after setting up the @code{ediff-meta-buffer-map} --- the | 1329 | Hooks run just after setting up the @code{ediff-meta-buffer-map}, the |
| 1330 | map that controls key bindings in the meta buffer. Since | 1330 | map that controls key bindings in the meta buffer. Since |
| 1331 | @code{ediff-meta-buffer-map} is a local variable, you can set different | 1331 | @code{ediff-meta-buffer-map} is a local variable, you can set different |
| 1332 | bindings for different kinds of meta buffers. | 1332 | bindings for different kinds of meta buffers. |
diff --git a/doc/misc/edt.texi b/doc/misc/edt.texi index 0ecaca79594..0707e34e356 100644 --- a/doc/misc/edt.texi +++ b/doc/misc/edt.texi | |||
| @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ | |||
| 5 | @copying | 5 | @copying |
| 6 | This file documents the EDT emulation package for Emacs. | 6 | This file documents the EDT emulation package for Emacs. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | Copyright @copyright{} 1986, 1992, 1994-1995, 1999-2012 | 8 | Copyright @copyright{} 1986, 1992, 1994--1995, 1999--2012 |
| 9 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 9 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | @quotation | 11 | @quotation |
| @@ -102,25 +102,25 @@ how to customize it to your liking. | |||
| 102 | @itemize | 102 | @itemize |
| 103 | 103 | ||
| 104 | @item | 104 | @item |
| 105 | @file{edt.texi} - This manual. | 105 | @file{edt.texi}---This manual. |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | @item | 107 | @item |
| 108 | @file{edt-user.el} - An example customization file. | 108 | @file{edt-user.el}---An example customization file. |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | @item | 110 | @item |
| 111 | @file{edt.el} - EDT emulation functions and default configuration. | 111 | @file{edt.el}---EDT emulation functions and default configuration. |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | @item | 113 | @item |
| 114 | @file{edt-lk201.el} - Built-in support for DEC LK-201 keyboards. | 114 | @file{edt-lk201.el}---Built-in support for DEC LK-201 keyboards. |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| 116 | @item | 116 | @item |
| 117 | @file{edt-vt100.el} - Built-in support for DEC VT-100 (and above) terminals. | 117 | @file{edt-vt100.el}---Built-in support for DEC VT-100 (and above) terminals. |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | @item | 119 | @item |
| 120 | @file{edt-pc.el} - Built-in support for PC 101 Keyboards under MS-DOS. | 120 | @file{edt-pc.el}---Built-in support for PC 101 Keyboards under MS-DOS. |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| 122 | @item | 122 | @item |
| 123 | @file{edt-mapper.el} - Create an EDT LK-201 map file for keyboards | 123 | @file{edt-mapper.el}---Create an EDT LK-201 map file for keyboards |
| 124 | without built-in support. | 124 | without built-in support. |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | @end itemize | 126 | @end itemize |
diff --git a/doc/misc/eieio.texi b/doc/misc/eieio.texi index 8b2a73b5f7c..f898a2b3319 100644 --- a/doc/misc/eieio.texi +++ b/doc/misc/eieio.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @copying | 11 | @copying |
| 12 | This manual documents EIEIO, an object framework for Emacs Lisp. | 12 | This manual documents EIEIO, an object framework for Emacs Lisp. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi b/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi index f26d80b598b..d530837c6b3 100644 --- a/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi +++ b/doc/misc/emacs-mime.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @copying | 11 | @copying |
| 12 | This file documents the Emacs MIME interface functionality. | 12 | This file documents the Emacs MIME interface functionality. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 1998--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ Conformance Criteria and Examples | |||
| 1855 | Languages, and Continuations | 1855 | Languages, and Continuations |
| 1856 | 1856 | ||
| 1857 | @item RFC1843 | 1857 | @item RFC1843 |
| 1858 | HZ - A Data Format for Exchanging Files of Arbitrarily Mixed Chinese and | 1858 | HZ---A Data Format for Exchanging Files of Arbitrarily Mixed Chinese and |
| 1859 | @acronym{ASCII} characters | 1859 | @acronym{ASCII} characters |
| 1860 | 1860 | ||
| 1861 | @item draft-ietf-drums-msg-fmt-05.txt | 1861 | @item draft-ietf-drums-msg-fmt-05.txt |
diff --git a/doc/misc/epa.texi b/doc/misc/epa.texi index c265f92bed7..20824e0fc91 100644 --- a/doc/misc/epa.texi +++ b/doc/misc/epa.texi | |||
| @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ | |||
| 9 | @copying | 9 | @copying |
| 10 | This file describes EasyPG Assistant @value{VERSION}. | 10 | This file describes EasyPG Assistant @value{VERSION}. |
| 11 | 11 | ||
| 12 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 12 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | @quotation | 14 | @quotation |
| 15 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 15 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/erc.texi b/doc/misc/erc.texi index 266df24c74e..ccd7ab35a48 100644 --- a/doc/misc/erc.texi +++ b/doc/misc/erc.texi | |||
| @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ | |||
| 9 | @copying | 9 | @copying |
| 10 | This manual is for ERC as distributed with Emacs @value{EMACSVER}. | 10 | This manual is for ERC as distributed with Emacs @value{EMACSVER}. |
| 11 | 11 | ||
| 12 | Copyright @copyright{} 2005-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 12 | Copyright @copyright{} 2005--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | @quotation | 14 | @quotation |
| 15 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 15 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/ert.texi b/doc/misc/ert.texi index 2cd51d5aec9..4dd19613509 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ert.texi +++ b/doc/misc/ert.texi | |||
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |||
| 10 | @end direntry | 10 | @end direntry |
| 11 | 11 | ||
| 12 | @copying | 12 | @copying |
| 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2010-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2010--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | @quotation | 15 | @quotation |
| 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Appendix | |||
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | ERT allows you to define @emph{tests} in addition to functions, | 92 | ERT allows you to define @emph{tests} in addition to functions, |
| 93 | macros, variables, and the other usual Lisp constructs. Tests are | 93 | macros, variables, and the other usual Lisp constructs. Tests are |
| 94 | simply Lisp code --- code that invokes other code and checks whether | 94 | simply Lisp code: code that invokes other code and checks whether |
| 95 | it behaves as expected. | 95 | it behaves as expected. |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | ERT keeps track of the tests that are defined and provides convenient | 97 | ERT keeps track of the tests that are defined and provides convenient |
| @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ will pass if the three calls to @code{equal} all return true | |||
| 132 | better error reporting. @xref{The @code{should} Macro}. | 132 | better error reporting. @xref{The @code{should} Macro}. |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| 134 | Each test should have a name that describes what functionality it tests. | 134 | Each test should have a name that describes what functionality it tests. |
| 135 | Test names can be chosen arbitrarily --- they are in a | 135 | Test names can be chosen arbitrarily---they are in a |
| 136 | namespace separate from functions and variables --- but should follow | 136 | namespace separate from functions and variables---but should follow |
| 137 | the usual Emacs Lisp convention of having a prefix that indicates | 137 | the usual Emacs Lisp convention of having a prefix that indicates |
| 138 | which package they belong to. Test names are displayed by ERT when | 138 | which package they belong to. Test names are displayed by ERT when |
| 139 | reporting failures and can be used when selecting which tests to run. | 139 | reporting failures and can be used when selecting which tests to run. |
| @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ buffer if one is already visiting the requested file; and it runs | |||
| 502 | Instead, it is better to use lower-level mechanisms with simple and | 502 | Instead, it is better to use lower-level mechanisms with simple and |
| 503 | predictable semantics like @code{with-temp-buffer}, @code{insert} or | 503 | predictable semantics like @code{with-temp-buffer}, @code{insert} or |
| 504 | @code{insert-file-contents-literally}, and to activate any desired mode | 504 | @code{insert-file-contents-literally}, and to activate any desired mode |
| 505 | by calling the corresponding function directly --- after binding the | 505 | by calling the corresponding function directly, after binding the |
| 506 | hook variables to nil. This avoids the above problems. | 506 | hook variables to nil. This avoids the above problems. |
| 507 | 507 | ||
| 508 | 508 | ||
| @@ -559,9 +559,9 @@ could be used instead. | |||
| 559 | The reason why this test only checks the first line of the backtrace | 559 | The reason why this test only checks the first line of the backtrace |
| 560 | is that the remainder of the backtrace is dependent on ERT's internals | 560 | is that the remainder of the backtrace is dependent on ERT's internals |
| 561 | as well as whether the code is running interpreted or compiled. By | 561 | as well as whether the code is running interpreted or compiled. By |
| 562 | looking only at the first line, the test checks a useful property | 562 | looking only at the first line, the test checks a useful property---that |
| 563 | --- that the backtrace correctly captures the call to @code{signal} that | 563 | the backtrace correctly captures the call to @code{signal} that |
| 564 | results from the call to @code{ert-fail} --- without being brittle. | 564 | results from the call to @code{ert-fail}---without being brittle. |
| 565 | 565 | ||
| 566 | This example also shows that writing tests is much easier if the code | 566 | This example also shows that writing tests is much easier if the code |
| 567 | under test was structured with testing in mind. | 567 | under test was structured with testing in mind. |
| @@ -699,12 +699,12 @@ strips them out, so it is more convenient. | |||
| 699 | failed. This can be useful to figure out how far it got. | 699 | failed. This can be useful to figure out how far it got. |
| 700 | 700 | ||
| 701 | @item You can instrument tests for debugging the same way you instrument | 701 | @item You can instrument tests for debugging the same way you instrument |
| 702 | @code{defun}s for debugging --- go to the source code of the test and | 702 | @code{defun}s for debugging: go to the source code of the test and |
| 703 | type @kbd{@kbd{C-u} @kbd{C-M-x}}. Then, go back to the ERT buffer and | 703 | type @kbd{@kbd{C-u} @kbd{C-M-x}}. Then, go back to the ERT buffer and |
| 704 | re-run the test with @kbd{r} or @kbd{d}. | 704 | re-run the test with @kbd{r} or @kbd{d}. |
| 705 | 705 | ||
| 706 | @item If you have been editing and rearranging tests, it is possible that | 706 | @item If you have been editing and rearranging tests, it is possible that |
| 707 | ERT remembers an old test that you have since renamed or removed --- | 707 | ERT remembers an old test that you have since renamed or removed: |
| 708 | renamings or removals of definitions in the source code leave around a | 708 | renamings or removals of definitions in the source code leave around a |
| 709 | stray definition under the old name in the running process (this is a | 709 | stray definition under the old name in the running process (this is a |
| 710 | common problem in Lisp). In such a situation, hit @kbd{D} to let ERT | 710 | common problem in Lisp). In such a situation, hit @kbd{D} to let ERT |
diff --git a/doc/misc/eshell.texi b/doc/misc/eshell.texi index 926e09c5912..5011910033d 100644 --- a/doc/misc/eshell.texi +++ b/doc/misc/eshell.texi | |||
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ | |||
| 8 | @copying | 8 | @copying |
| 9 | This manual is for Eshell, the Emacs shell. | 9 | This manual is for Eshell, the Emacs shell. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | @quotation | 13 | @quotation |
| 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/eudc.texi b/doc/misc/eudc.texi index 02c5de05098..d5127cd3e09 100644 --- a/doc/misc/eudc.texi +++ b/doc/misc/eudc.texi | |||
| @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ EUDC is the Emacs Unified Directory Client, a common interface to | |||
| 12 | directory servers using various protocols such as LDAP or the CCSO white | 12 | directory servers using various protocols such as LDAP or the CCSO white |
| 13 | pages directory system (PH/QI) | 13 | pages directory system (PH/QI) |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 15 | Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 2000--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | @quotation | 17 | @quotation |
| 18 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 18 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/faq.texi b/doc/misc/faq.texi index ec0d6bfe4cc..681f54956a5 100644 --- a/doc/misc/faq.texi +++ b/doc/misc/faq.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @c appreciate a notice if you do). | 11 | @c appreciate a notice if you do). |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | @copying | 13 | @copying |
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.@* | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.@* |
| 15 | Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 | 15 | Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 |
| 16 | Reuven M. Lerner@* | 16 | Reuven M. Lerner@* |
| 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Steven Byrnes@* | 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Steven Byrnes@* |
| @@ -2738,7 +2738,7 @@ type @kbd{C-h C-p} to read it. | |||
| 2738 | 2738 | ||
| 2739 | Old versions (i.e., anything before 19.29) of Emacs had problems editing | 2739 | Old versions (i.e., anything before 19.29) of Emacs had problems editing |
| 2740 | files larger than 8 megabytes. In versions 19.29 and later, the maximum | 2740 | files larger than 8 megabytes. In versions 19.29 and later, the maximum |
| 2741 | buffer size is at least 2^27-1, or 134,217,727 bytes, or 132 MBytes. | 2741 | buffer size is at least 2^27@minus{}1, or 134,217,727 bytes, or 132 MBytes. |
| 2742 | The maximum buffer size on 32-bit machines increased to 256 MBytes in | 2742 | The maximum buffer size on 32-bit machines increased to 256 MBytes in |
| 2743 | Emacs 22, and again to 512 MBytes in Emacs 23.2. | 2743 | Emacs 22, and again to 512 MBytes in Emacs 23.2. |
| 2744 | 2744 | ||
diff --git a/doc/misc/flymake.texi b/doc/misc/flymake.texi index d27f078555e..8eb9a5bc339 100644 --- a/doc/misc/flymake.texi +++ b/doc/misc/flymake.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | This manual is for GNU Flymake (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), | 11 | This manual is for GNU Flymake (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), |
| 12 | which is a universal on-the-fly syntax checker for GNU Emacs. | 12 | which is a universal on-the-fly syntax checker for GNU Emacs. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ Which fringe (if any) should show the warning/error bitmaps. | |||
| 355 | @cindex Adding support for a new syntax check tool | 355 | @cindex Adding support for a new syntax check tool |
| 356 | 356 | ||
| 357 | @menu | 357 | @menu |
| 358 | * Example -- Configuring a tool called directly:: | 358 | * Example---Configuring a tool called directly:: |
| 359 | * Example -- Configuring a tool called via make:: | 359 | * Example---Configuring a tool called via make:: |
| 360 | @end menu | 360 | @end menu |
| 361 | 361 | ||
| 362 | Syntax check tools are configured using the | 362 | Syntax check tools are configured using the |
| @@ -406,8 +406,8 @@ the @code{flymake-err-line-patterns} list. | |||
| 406 | The following sections contain some examples of configuring Flymake | 406 | The following sections contain some examples of configuring Flymake |
| 407 | support for various syntax check tools. | 407 | support for various syntax check tools. |
| 408 | 408 | ||
| 409 | @node Example -- Configuring a tool called directly | 409 | @node Example---Configuring a tool called directly |
| 410 | @subsection Example -- Configuring a tool called directly | 410 | @subsection Example---Configuring a tool called directly |
| 411 | @cindex Adding support for perl | 411 | @cindex Adding support for perl |
| 412 | 412 | ||
| 413 | In this example, we will add support for @code{perl} as a syntax check | 413 | In this example, we will add support for @code{perl} as a syntax check |
| @@ -455,8 +455,8 @@ Finally, we add an entry to @code{flymake-err-line-patterns}: | |||
| 455 | flymake-err-line-patterns)) | 455 | flymake-err-line-patterns)) |
| 456 | @end lisp | 456 | @end lisp |
| 457 | 457 | ||
| 458 | @node Example -- Configuring a tool called via make | 458 | @node Example---Configuring a tool called via make |
| 459 | @subsection Example -- Configuring a tool called via make | 459 | @subsection Example---Configuring a tool called via make |
| 460 | @cindex Adding support for C (gcc+make) | 460 | @cindex Adding support for C (gcc+make) |
| 461 | 461 | ||
| 462 | In this example we will add support for C files syntax checked by | 462 | In this example we will add support for C files syntax checked by |
| @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ check-syntax: | |||
| 528 | Syntax check is started by calling @code{flymake-start-syntax-check-for-current-buffer}. | 528 | Syntax check is started by calling @code{flymake-start-syntax-check-for-current-buffer}. |
| 529 | Flymake first determines whether it is able to do syntax | 529 | Flymake first determines whether it is able to do syntax |
| 530 | check. It then saves a copy of the buffer in a temporary file in the | 530 | check. It then saves a copy of the buffer in a temporary file in the |
| 531 | buffer's directory (or in the system temp directory -- for java | 531 | buffer's directory (or in the system temp directory, for java |
| 532 | files), creates a syntax check command and launches a process with | 532 | files), creates a syntax check command and launches a process with |
| 533 | this command. The output is parsed using a list of error message patterns, | 533 | this command. The output is parsed using a list of error message patterns, |
| 534 | and error information (file name, line number, type and text) is | 534 | and error information (file name, line number, type and text) is |
diff --git a/doc/misc/forms.texi b/doc/misc/forms.texi index b38718826cb..cc621591f02 100644 --- a/doc/misc/forms.texi +++ b/doc/misc/forms.texi | |||
| @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ | |||
| 18 | @copying | 18 | @copying |
| 19 | This file documents Forms mode, a form-editing major mode for GNU Emacs. | 19 | This file documents Forms mode, a form-editing major mode for GNU Emacs. |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| 21 | Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1997, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 21 | Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1997, 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | @quotation | 23 | @quotation |
| 24 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 24 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus-coding.texi b/doc/misc/gnus-coding.texi index 35ec2120955..a06fb45bb29 100644 --- a/doc/misc/gnus-coding.texi +++ b/doc/misc/gnus-coding.texi | |||
| @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ | |||
| 7 | @syncodeindex pg cp | 7 | @syncodeindex pg cp |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | @copying | 9 | @copying |
| 10 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004-2005, 2007-2012 Free Software | 10 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2005, 2007--2012 Free Software |
| 11 | Foundation, Inc. | 11 | Foundation, Inc. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | @quotation | 13 | @quotation |
| @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ reason. | |||
| 300 | @c (typically so far the only exception has been that the changes | 300 | @c (typically so far the only exception has been that the changes |
| 301 | @c already exist in the trunk in modified form). | 301 | @c already exist in the trunk in modified form). |
| 302 | Because of this, when the next major version of Gnus will be included in | 302 | Because of this, when the next major version of Gnus will be included in |
| 303 | Emacs, it should be very easy -- just plonk in the files from the Gnus | 303 | Emacs, it should be very easy---just plonk in the files from the Gnus |
| 304 | trunk without worrying about lost changes from the Emacs tree. | 304 | trunk without worrying about lost changes from the Emacs tree. |
| 305 | 305 | ||
| 306 | The effect of this is that as hacker, you should generally only have to | 306 | The effect of this is that as hacker, you should generally only have to |
| @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ tree, and it will show up in the Gnus tree a few days later. | |||
| 314 | 314 | ||
| 315 | If you don't have Emacs bzr access (or it's inconvenient), you can | 315 | If you don't have Emacs bzr access (or it's inconvenient), you can |
| 316 | change such a file in the v5-10 branch, and it should propagate to Emacs | 316 | change such a file in the v5-10 branch, and it should propagate to Emacs |
| 317 | bzr -- however, it will get some extra scrutiny (by Miles) to see if the | 317 | bzr---however, it will get some extra scrutiny (by Miles) to see if the |
| 318 | changes are possibly controversial and need discussion on the mailing | 318 | changes are possibly controversial and need discussion on the mailing |
| 319 | list. Many changes are obvious bug-fixes however, so often there won't | 319 | list. Many changes are obvious bug-fixes however, so often there won't |
| 320 | be any problem. | 320 | be any problem. |
| @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ including improvements on the documentation. | |||
| 329 | If you know that there will be conflicts (perhaps because the affected | 329 | If you know that there will be conflicts (perhaps because the affected |
| 330 | source code is different in v5-10 and the Gnus git trunk), then you can | 330 | source code is different in v5-10 and the Gnus git trunk), then you can |
| 331 | install your change in both places, and when I try to sync them, there | 331 | install your change in both places, and when I try to sync them, there |
| 332 | will be a conflict -- however, since in most such cases there would be a | 332 | will be a conflict---however, since in most such cases there would be a |
| 333 | conflict @emph{anyway}, it's often easier for me to resolve it simply if | 333 | conflict @emph{anyway}, it's often easier for me to resolve it simply if |
| 334 | I see two @samp{identical} changes, and can just choose the proper one, | 334 | I see two @samp{identical} changes, and can just choose the proper one, |
| 335 | rather than having to actually fix the code. | 335 | rather than having to actually fix the code. |
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi b/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi index 038b78cced3..adc84f8e7d9 100644 --- a/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi +++ b/doc/misc/gnus-faq.texi | |||
| @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ want. | |||
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | This FAQ was maintained by Justin Sheehy until March 2002. He | 81 | This FAQ was maintained by Justin Sheehy until March 2002. He |
| 82 | would like to thank Steve Baur and Per Abrahamsen for doing a wonderful | 82 | would like to thank Steve Baur and Per Abrahamsen for doing a wonderful |
| 83 | job with this FAQ before him. We would like to do the same - thanks, | 83 | job with this FAQ before him. We would like to do the same: thanks, |
| 84 | Justin! | 84 | Justin! |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | This version is much nicer than the unofficial hypertext | 86 | This version is much nicer than the unofficial hypertext |
| @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ mail groups. Is this a bug? | |||
| 1038 | 1038 | ||
| 1039 | No, that's a matter of design of Gnus, fixing this would | 1039 | No, that's a matter of design of Gnus, fixing this would |
| 1040 | mean reimplementation of major parts of Gnus' | 1040 | mean reimplementation of major parts of Gnus' |
| 1041 | back ends. Gnus thinks "highest-article-number - | 1041 | back ends. Gnus thinks "highest-article-number @minus{} |
| 1042 | lowest-article-number = total-number-of-articles". This | 1042 | lowest-article-number = total-number-of-articles". This |
| 1043 | works OK for Usenet groups, but if you delete and move | 1043 | works OK for Usenet groups, but if you delete and move |
| 1044 | many messages in mail groups, this fails. To cure the | 1044 | many messages in mail groups, this fails. To cure the |
diff --git a/doc/misc/gnus.texi b/doc/misc/gnus.texi index 78d42da4d69..957009e4b34 100644 --- a/doc/misc/gnus.texi +++ b/doc/misc/gnus.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @documentencoding UTF-8 | 11 | @documentencoding UTF-8 |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | @copying | 13 | @copying |
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ subscribing these groups. | |||
| 1296 | variable defaults to @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically}. | 1296 | variable defaults to @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically}. |
| 1297 | 1297 | ||
| 1298 | The ``options -n'' format is very simplistic. The syntax above is all | 1298 | The ``options -n'' format is very simplistic. The syntax above is all |
| 1299 | that is supports -- you can force-subscribe hierarchies, or you can | 1299 | that is supports: you can force-subscribe hierarchies, or you can |
| 1300 | deny hierarchies, and that's it. | 1300 | deny hierarchies, and that's it. |
| 1301 | 1301 | ||
| 1302 | @vindex gnus-options-not-subscribe | 1302 | @vindex gnus-options-not-subscribe |
| @@ -2143,14 +2143,14 @@ In groups in some news servers, there might be a big gap between a few | |||
| 2143 | very old articles that will never be expired and the recent ones. In | 2143 | very old articles that will never be expired and the recent ones. In |
| 2144 | such a case, the server will return the data like @code{(1 . 30000000)} | 2144 | such a case, the server will return the data like @code{(1 . 30000000)} |
| 2145 | for the @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command, for example. Even if there | 2145 | for the @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command, for example. Even if there |
| 2146 | are actually only the articles 1-10 and 29999900-30000000, Gnus doesn't | 2146 | are actually only the articles 1--10 and 29999900--30000000, Gnus doesn't |
| 2147 | know it at first and prepares for getting 30000000 articles. However, | 2147 | know it at first and prepares for getting 30000000 articles. However, |
| 2148 | it will consume hundreds megabytes of memories and might make Emacs get | 2148 | it will consume hundreds megabytes of memories and might make Emacs get |
| 2149 | stuck as the case may be. If you use such news servers, set the | 2149 | stuck as the case may be. If you use such news servers, set the |
| 2150 | variable @code{gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles} to a positive number. | 2150 | variable @code{gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles} to a positive number. |
| 2151 | The value means that Gnus ignores articles other than this number of the | 2151 | The value means that Gnus ignores articles other than this number of the |
| 2152 | latest ones in every group. For instance, the value 10000 makes Gnus | 2152 | latest ones in every group. For instance, the value 10000 makes Gnus |
| 2153 | get only the articles 29990001-30000000 (if the latest article number is | 2153 | get only the articles 29990001--30000000 (if the latest article number is |
| 2154 | 30000000 in a group). Note that setting this variable to a number might | 2154 | 30000000 in a group). Note that setting this variable to a number might |
| 2155 | prevent you from reading very old articles. The default value of the | 2155 | prevent you from reading very old articles. The default value of the |
| 2156 | variable @code{gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles} is @code{nil}, which | 2156 | variable @code{gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles} is @code{nil}, which |
| @@ -3823,7 +3823,7 @@ So, to move a topic to the beginning of the list of topics, just hit | |||
| 3823 | @kbd{C-k} on it. This is like the ``cut'' part of cut and paste. Then, | 3823 | @kbd{C-k} on it. This is like the ``cut'' part of cut and paste. Then, |
| 3824 | move the cursor to the beginning of the buffer (just below the ``Gnus'' | 3824 | move the cursor to the beginning of the buffer (just below the ``Gnus'' |
| 3825 | topic) and hit @kbd{C-y}. This is like the ``paste'' part of cut and | 3825 | topic) and hit @kbd{C-y}. This is like the ``paste'' part of cut and |
| 3826 | paste. Like I said -- E-Z. | 3826 | paste. Like I said---E-Z. |
| 3827 | 3827 | ||
| 3828 | You can use @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-y} on groups as well as on topics. So | 3828 | You can use @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-y} on groups as well as on topics. So |
| 3829 | you can move topics around as well as groups. | 3829 | you can move topics around as well as groups. |
| @@ -13665,7 +13665,7 @@ server. The default value of this variable is @code{("XOVER" | |||
| 13665 | @vindex nntp-nov-gap | 13665 | @vindex nntp-nov-gap |
| 13666 | @code{nntp} normally sends just one big request for @acronym{NOV} lines to | 13666 | @code{nntp} normally sends just one big request for @acronym{NOV} lines to |
| 13667 | the server. The server responds with one huge list of lines. However, | 13667 | the server. The server responds with one huge list of lines. However, |
| 13668 | if you have read articles 2-5000 in the group, and only want to read | 13668 | if you have read articles 2--5000 in the group, and only want to read |
| 13669 | article 1 and 5001, that means that @code{nntp} will fetch 4999 @acronym{NOV} | 13669 | article 1 and 5001, that means that @code{nntp} will fetch 4999 @acronym{NOV} |
| 13670 | lines that you will not need. This variable says how | 13670 | lines that you will not need. This variable says how |
| 13671 | big a gap between two consecutive articles is allowed to be before the | 13671 | big a gap between two consecutive articles is allowed to be before the |
| @@ -15961,7 +15961,7 @@ Decode Quoted Readable encoding. | |||
| 15961 | If you are a member of a couple of mailing lists, you will sometimes | 15961 | If you are a member of a couple of mailing lists, you will sometimes |
| 15962 | receive two copies of the same mail. This can be quite annoying, so | 15962 | receive two copies of the same mail. This can be quite annoying, so |
| 15963 | @code{nnmail} checks for and treats any duplicates it might find. To do | 15963 | @code{nnmail} checks for and treats any duplicates it might find. To do |
| 15964 | this, it keeps a cache of old @code{Message-ID}s--- | 15964 | this, it keeps a cache of old @code{Message-ID}s: |
| 15965 | @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-file}, which is @file{~/.nnmail-cache} by | 15965 | @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-file}, which is @file{~/.nnmail-cache} by |
| 15966 | default. The approximate maximum number of @code{Message-ID}s stored | 15966 | default. The approximate maximum number of @code{Message-ID}s stored |
| 15967 | there is controlled by the @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-length} | 15967 | there is controlled by the @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-length} |
| @@ -16625,8 +16625,8 @@ future. Here are some high and low points on each: | |||
| 16625 | @table @code | 16625 | @table @code |
| 16626 | @item nnmbox | 16626 | @item nnmbox |
| 16627 | 16627 | ||
| 16628 | UNIX systems have historically had a single, very common, and well- | 16628 | UNIX systems have historically had a single, very common, and well-defined |
| 16629 | defined format. All messages arrive in a single @dfn{spool file}, and | 16629 | format. All messages arrive in a single @dfn{spool file}, and |
| 16630 | they are delineated by a line whose regular expression matches | 16630 | they are delineated by a line whose regular expression matches |
| 16631 | @samp{^From_}. (My notational use of @samp{_} is to indicate a space, | 16631 | @samp{^From_}. (My notational use of @samp{_} is to indicate a space, |
| 16632 | to make it clear in this instance that this is not the RFC-specified | 16632 | to make it clear in this instance that this is not the RFC-specified |
| @@ -21173,7 +21173,7 @@ features (inspired by the Google search input language): | |||
| 21173 | AND, OR, and NOT are supported, and parentheses can be used to control | 21173 | AND, OR, and NOT are supported, and parentheses can be used to control |
| 21174 | operator precedence, e.g., (emacs OR xemacs) AND linux. Note that | 21174 | operator precedence, e.g., (emacs OR xemacs) AND linux. Note that |
| 21175 | operators must be written with all capital letters to be | 21175 | operators must be written with all capital letters to be |
| 21176 | recognized. Also preceding a term with a - sign is equivalent to NOT | 21176 | recognized. Also preceding a term with a @minus{} sign is equivalent to NOT |
| 21177 | term. | 21177 | term. |
| 21178 | 21178 | ||
| 21179 | @item Automatic AND queries | 21179 | @item Automatic AND queries |
| @@ -21221,7 +21221,8 @@ Note that operators must be written with all capital letters to be | |||
| 21221 | recognized. | 21221 | recognized. |
| 21222 | 21222 | ||
| 21223 | @item Required and excluded terms | 21223 | @item Required and excluded terms |
| 21224 | + and - can be used to require or exclude terms, e.g., football -american | 21224 | + and @minus{} can be used to require or exclude terms, e.g., football |
| 21225 | @minus{}american | ||
| 21225 | 21226 | ||
| 21226 | @item Unicode handling | 21227 | @item Unicode handling |
| 21227 | The search engine converts all text to utf-8, so searching should work | 21228 | The search engine converts all text to utf-8, so searching should work |
| @@ -21358,7 +21359,7 @@ This engine is obsolete. | |||
| 21358 | @table @code | 21359 | @table @code |
| 21359 | 21360 | ||
| 21360 | @item nnir-method-default-engines | 21361 | @item nnir-method-default-engines |
| 21361 | Alist of server backend - search engine pairs. The default associations | 21362 | Alist of pairs of server backends and search engines. The default associations |
| 21362 | are | 21363 | are |
| 21363 | @example | 21364 | @example |
| 21364 | (nnimap . imap) | 21365 | (nnimap . imap) |
| @@ -22573,7 +22574,7 @@ configuration function will use @code{group} as the key. A full list of | |||
| 22573 | possible names is listed below. | 22574 | possible names is listed below. |
| 22574 | 22575 | ||
| 22575 | The @dfn{value} (i.e., the @dfn{split}) says how much space each buffer | 22576 | The @dfn{value} (i.e., the @dfn{split}) says how much space each buffer |
| 22576 | should occupy. To take the @code{article} split as an example - | 22577 | should occupy. To take the @code{article} split as an example: |
| 22577 | 22578 | ||
| 22578 | @lisp | 22579 | @lisp |
| 22579 | (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point) | 22580 | (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point) |
| @@ -26350,9 +26351,9 @@ with the information when possible). | |||
| 26350 | 26351 | ||
| 26351 | On the January 31th 2012, Ma Gnus was begun. | 26352 | On the January 31th 2012, Ma Gnus was begun. |
| 26352 | 26353 | ||
| 26353 | If you happen upon a version of Gnus that has a prefixed name -- | 26354 | If you happen upon a version of Gnus that has a prefixed name---``(ding) |
| 26354 | ``(ding) Gnus'', ``September Gnus'', ``Red Gnus'', ``Quassia Gnus'', | 26355 | Gnus'', ``September Gnus'', ``Red Gnus'', ``Quassia Gnus'', |
| 26355 | ``Pterodactyl Gnus'', ``Oort Gnus'', ``No Gnus'', ``Ma Gnus'' -- don't | 26356 | ``Pterodactyl Gnus'', ``Oort Gnus'', ``No Gnus'', ``Ma Gnus''---don't |
| 26356 | panic. Don't let it know that you're frightened. Back away. Slowly. | 26357 | panic. Don't let it know that you're frightened. Back away. Slowly. |
| 26357 | Whatever you do, don't run. Walk away, calmly, until you're out of | 26358 | Whatever you do, don't run. Walk away, calmly, until you're out of |
| 26358 | its reach. Find a proper released version of Gnus and snuggle up to | 26359 | its reach. Find a proper released version of Gnus and snuggle up to |
| @@ -26499,14 +26500,14 @@ on Son-of-RFC 1036. They have produced a number of drafts proposing | |||
| 26499 | various changes to the format of news articles. The Gnus towers will | 26500 | various changes to the format of news articles. The Gnus towers will |
| 26500 | look into implementing the changes when the draft is accepted as an RFC. | 26501 | look into implementing the changes when the draft is accepted as an RFC. |
| 26501 | 26502 | ||
| 26502 | @item MIME - RFC 2045-2049 etc | 26503 | @item MIME---RFC 2045--2049 etc |
| 26503 | @cindex @acronym{MIME} | 26504 | @cindex @acronym{MIME} |
| 26504 | All the various @acronym{MIME} RFCs are supported. | 26505 | All the various @acronym{MIME} RFCs are supported. |
| 26505 | 26506 | ||
| 26506 | @item Disposition Notifications - RFC 2298 | 26507 | @item Disposition Notifications---RFC 2298 |
| 26507 | Message Mode is able to request notifications from the receiver. | 26508 | Message Mode is able to request notifications from the receiver. |
| 26508 | 26509 | ||
| 26509 | @item PGP - RFC 1991 and RFC 2440 | 26510 | @item PGP---RFC 1991 and RFC 2440 |
| 26510 | @cindex RFC 1991 | 26511 | @cindex RFC 1991 |
| 26511 | @cindex RFC 2440 | 26512 | @cindex RFC 2440 |
| 26512 | RFC 1991 is the original @acronym{PGP} message specification, | 26513 | RFC 1991 is the original @acronym{PGP} message specification, |
| @@ -26516,15 +26517,15 @@ non-@acronym{MIME} aware @acronym{PGP} format. Gnus supports both | |||
| 26516 | encoding (signing and encryption) and decoding (verification and | 26517 | encoding (signing and encryption) and decoding (verification and |
| 26517 | decryption). | 26518 | decryption). |
| 26518 | 26519 | ||
| 26519 | @item PGP/MIME - RFC 2015/3156 | 26520 | @item PGP/MIME---RFC 2015/3156 |
| 26520 | RFC 2015 (superseded by 3156 which references RFC 2440 instead of RFC | 26521 | RFC 2015 (superseded by 3156 which references RFC 2440 instead of RFC |
| 26521 | 1991) describes the @acronym{MIME}-wrapping around the RFC 1991/2440 format. | 26522 | 1991) describes the @acronym{MIME}-wrapping around the RFC 1991/2440 format. |
| 26522 | Gnus supports both encoding and decoding. | 26523 | Gnus supports both encoding and decoding. |
| 26523 | 26524 | ||
| 26524 | @item S/MIME - RFC 2633 | 26525 | @item S/MIME---RFC 2633 |
| 26525 | RFC 2633 describes the @acronym{S/MIME} format. | 26526 | RFC 2633 describes the @acronym{S/MIME} format. |
| 26526 | 26527 | ||
| 26527 | @item IMAP - RFC 1730/2060, RFC 2195, RFC 2086, RFC 2359, RFC 2595, RFC 1731 | 26528 | @item IMAP---RFC 1730/2060, RFC 2195, RFC 2086, RFC 2359, RFC 2595, RFC 1731 |
| 26528 | RFC 1730 is @acronym{IMAP} version 4, updated somewhat by RFC 2060 | 26529 | RFC 1730 is @acronym{IMAP} version 4, updated somewhat by RFC 2060 |
| 26529 | (@acronym{IMAP} 4 revision 1). RFC 2195 describes CRAM-MD5 | 26530 | (@acronym{IMAP} 4 revision 1). RFC 2195 describes CRAM-MD5 |
| 26530 | authentication for @acronym{IMAP}. RFC 2086 describes access control | 26531 | authentication for @acronym{IMAP}. RFC 2086 describes access control |
| @@ -26579,7 +26580,7 @@ circles) @dfn{snapshots}. During this phase, Gnus is assumed to be | |||
| 26579 | unstable and should not be used by casual users. Gnus alpha releases | 26580 | unstable and should not be used by casual users. Gnus alpha releases |
| 26580 | have names like ``Oort Gnus'' and ``No Gnus''. @xref{Gnus Versions}. | 26581 | have names like ``Oort Gnus'' and ``No Gnus''. @xref{Gnus Versions}. |
| 26581 | 26582 | ||
| 26582 | After futzing around for 10-100 alpha releases, Gnus is declared | 26583 | After futzing around for 10--100 alpha releases, Gnus is declared |
| 26583 | @dfn{frozen}, and only bug fixes are applied. Gnus loses the prefix, | 26584 | @dfn{frozen}, and only bug fixes are applied. Gnus loses the prefix, |
| 26584 | and is called things like ``Gnus 5.10.1'' instead. Normal people are | 26585 | and is called things like ``Gnus 5.10.1'' instead. Normal people are |
| 26585 | supposed to be able to use these, and these are mostly discussed on the | 26586 | supposed to be able to use these, and these are mostly discussed on the |
| @@ -28166,7 +28167,7 @@ The behavior can be changed by customizing @code{message-insert-canlock}. | |||
| 28166 | 28167 | ||
| 28167 | @item | 28168 | @item |
| 28168 | Gnus supports @acronym{PGP} (RFC 1991/2440), @acronym{PGP/MIME} (RFC | 28169 | Gnus supports @acronym{PGP} (RFC 1991/2440), @acronym{PGP/MIME} (RFC |
| 28169 | 2015/3156) and @acronym{S/MIME} (RFC 2630-2633). | 28170 | 2015/3156) and @acronym{S/MIME} (RFC 2630--2633). |
| 28170 | 28171 | ||
| 28171 | It needs an external @acronym{S/MIME} and OpenPGP implementation, but no | 28172 | It needs an external @acronym{S/MIME} and OpenPGP implementation, but no |
| 28172 | additional Lisp libraries. This add several menu items to the | 28173 | additional Lisp libraries. This add several menu items to the |
| @@ -28585,10 +28586,10 @@ know that the server makes wrong @acronym{NOV} data. | |||
| 28585 | 28586 | ||
| 28586 | @item level | 28587 | @item level |
| 28587 | @cindex levels | 28588 | @cindex levels |
| 28588 | Each group is subscribed at some @dfn{level} or other (1-9). The ones | 28589 | Each group is subscribed at some @dfn{level} or other (1--9). The ones |
| 28589 | that have a lower level are ``more'' subscribed than the groups with a | 28590 | that have a lower level are ``more'' subscribed than the groups with a |
| 28590 | higher level. In fact, groups on levels 1-5 are considered | 28591 | higher level. In fact, groups on levels 1--5 are considered |
| 28591 | @dfn{subscribed}; 6-7 are @dfn{unsubscribed}; 8 are @dfn{zombies}; and 9 | 28592 | @dfn{subscribed}; 6--7 are @dfn{unsubscribed}; 8 are @dfn{zombies}; and 9 |
| 28592 | are @dfn{killed}. Commands for listing groups and scanning for new | 28593 | are @dfn{killed}. Commands for listing groups and scanning for new |
| 28593 | articles will all use the numeric prefix as @dfn{working level}. | 28594 | articles will all use the numeric prefix as @dfn{working level}. |
| 28594 | 28595 | ||
| @@ -29164,8 +29165,8 @@ return value. | |||
| 29164 | 29165 | ||
| 29165 | Some back ends could be said to be @dfn{server-forming} back ends, and | 29166 | Some back ends could be said to be @dfn{server-forming} back ends, and |
| 29166 | some might be said not to be. The latter are back ends that generally | 29167 | some might be said not to be. The latter are back ends that generally |
| 29167 | only operate on one group at a time, and have no concept of ``server'' | 29168 | only operate on one group at a time, and have no concept of ``server''; |
| 29168 | ---they have a group, and they deliver info on that group and nothing | 29169 | they have a group, and they deliver info on that group and nothing |
| 29169 | more. | 29170 | more. |
| 29170 | 29171 | ||
| 29171 | Gnus identifies each message by way of group name and article number. A | 29172 | Gnus identifies each message by way of group name and article number. A |
diff --git a/doc/misc/idlwave.texi b/doc/misc/idlwave.texi index 22b444c1a96..c9ada95cd00 100644 --- a/doc/misc/idlwave.texi +++ b/doc/misc/idlwave.texi | |||
| @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Emacs, and interacting with an IDL shell run as a subprocess. | |||
| 22 | This is edition @value{EDITION} of the IDLWAVE User Manual for IDLWAVE | 22 | This is edition @value{EDITION} of the IDLWAVE User Manual for IDLWAVE |
| 23 | @value{VERSION}. | 23 | @value{VERSION}. |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 25 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | @quotation | 27 | @quotation |
| 28 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 28 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ Interactive Data Language (IDL), and running IDL as an inferior shell. | |||
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | Getting Started (Tutorial) | 85 | Getting Started (Tutorial) |
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | * Lesson I -- Development Cycle:: | 87 | * Lesson I---Development Cycle:: |
| 88 | * Lesson II -- Customization:: | 88 | * Lesson II---Customization:: |
| 89 | * Lesson III -- User Catalog:: | 89 | * Lesson III---User Catalog:: |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | The IDLWAVE Major Mode | 91 | The IDLWAVE Major Mode |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ had to be renamed because of a name space conflict with CORBA's | |||
| 263 | @code{idl-mode}, defined in Emacs in the file @file{cc-mode.el}. | 263 | @code{idl-mode}, defined in Emacs in the file @file{cc-mode.el}. |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | In this manual, each section ends with a list of related user options. | 265 | In this manual, each section ends with a list of related user options. |
| 266 | Don't be confused by the sheer number of options available --- in most | 266 | Don't be confused by the sheer number of options available: in most |
| 267 | cases the default settings are just fine. The variables are listed here | 267 | cases the default settings are just fine. The variables are listed here |
| 268 | to make sure you know where to look if you want to change anything. For | 268 | to make sure you know where to look if you want to change anything. For |
| 269 | a full description of what a particular variable does and how to | 269 | a full description of what a particular variable does and how to |
| @@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ at point. | |||
| 372 | @cindex Getting Started | 372 | @cindex Getting Started |
| 373 | 373 | ||
| 374 | @menu | 374 | @menu |
| 375 | * Lesson I -- Development Cycle:: | 375 | * Lesson I---Development Cycle:: |
| 376 | * Lesson II -- Customization:: | 376 | * Lesson II---Customization:: |
| 377 | * Lesson III -- User Catalog:: | 377 | * Lesson III---User Catalog:: |
| 378 | @end menu | 378 | @end menu |
| 379 | 379 | ||
| 380 | @node Lesson I -- Development Cycle, Lesson II -- Customization, Getting Started, Getting Started | 380 | @node Lesson I---Development Cycle, Lesson II---Customization, Getting Started, Getting Started |
| 381 | @section Lesson I: Development Cycle | 381 | @section Lesson I: Development Cycle |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| 383 | The purpose of this tutorial is to guide you through a very basic | 383 | The purpose of this tutorial is to guide you through a very basic |
| @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ cursor after the @code{end} statement of the @code{for} loop and press | |||
| 448 | @key{SPC}. IDLWAVE blinks back to the beginning of the block and | 448 | @key{SPC}. IDLWAVE blinks back to the beginning of the block and |
| 449 | changes the generic @code{end} to the specific @code{endfor} | 449 | changes the generic @code{end} to the specific @code{endfor} |
| 450 | automatically (as long as the variable @code{idlwave-expand-generic-end} | 450 | automatically (as long as the variable @code{idlwave-expand-generic-end} |
| 451 | is turned on --- @pxref{Lesson II -- Customization}). Now place the | 451 | is turned on; @pxref{Lesson II---Customization}). Now place the |
| 452 | cursor in any line you would like to split and press @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. | 452 | cursor in any line you would like to split and press @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. |
| 453 | The line is split at the cursor position, with the continuation @samp{$} | 453 | The line is split at the cursor position, with the continuation @samp{$} |
| 454 | and indentation all taken care of. Use @kbd{C-/} to undo the last | 454 | and indentation all taken care of. Use @kbd{C-/} to undo the last |
| @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Recompile with @kbd{C-c C-d C-c}. Jump back into the shell with | |||
| 504 | @kbd{C-c C-s}, press the @key{UP} arrow to recall the previous command | 504 | @kbd{C-c C-s}, press the @key{UP} arrow to recall the previous command |
| 505 | and execute again. | 505 | and execute again. |
| 506 | 506 | ||
| 507 | This time we get a plot, but it is pretty ugly --- the points are all | 507 | This time we get a plot, but it is pretty ugly: the points are all |
| 508 | connected with a line. Hmm, isn't there a way for @code{plot} to use | 508 | connected with a line. Hmm, isn't there a way for @code{plot} to use |
| 509 | symbols instead? What was that keyword? Position the cursor on the | 509 | symbols instead? What was that keyword? Position the cursor on the |
| 510 | plot line after a comma (where you'd normally type a keyword), and hit | 510 | plot line after a comma (where you'd normally type a keyword), and hit |
| @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ by now: @kbd{C-c C-d C-c}), go back to the shell (if it's vanished, | |||
| 520 | you know what to do: @kbd{C-c C-s}) and execute again. Now things | 520 | you know what to do: @kbd{C-c C-s}) and execute again. Now things |
| 521 | look pretty good. | 521 | look pretty good. |
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | Let's try a different day --- how about April fool's day? | 523 | Let's try a different day. How about April fool's day? |
| 524 | 524 | ||
| 525 | @example | 525 | @example |
| 526 | plot_wday,1,4 | 526 | plot_wday,1,4 |
| @@ -551,14 +551,14 @@ command. Everything should now work fine. How about those leap years? | |||
| 551 | Change the code to plot 100 years and see that every 28 years, the | 551 | Change the code to plot 100 years and see that every 28 years, the |
| 552 | sequence of weekdays repeats. | 552 | sequence of weekdays repeats. |
| 553 | 553 | ||
| 554 | @node Lesson II -- Customization, Lesson III -- User Catalog, Lesson I -- Development Cycle, Getting Started | 554 | @node Lesson II---Customization, Lesson III---User Catalog, Lesson I---Development Cycle, Getting Started |
| 555 | @section Lesson II: Customization | 555 | @section Lesson II: Customization |
| 556 | 556 | ||
| 557 | Emacs is probably the most customizable piece of software ever written, | 557 | Emacs is probably the most customizable piece of software ever written, |
| 558 | and it would be a shame if you did not make use of this to adapt IDLWAVE | 558 | and it would be a shame if you did not make use of this to adapt IDLWAVE |
| 559 | to your own preferences. Customizing Emacs or IDLWAVE is accomplished | 559 | to your own preferences. Customizing Emacs or IDLWAVE is accomplished |
| 560 | by setting Lisp variables in the @file{.emacs} file in your home | 560 | by setting Lisp variables in the @file{.emacs} file in your home |
| 561 | directory --- but do not be dismayed; for the most part, you can just | 561 | directory---but do not be dismayed; for the most part, you can just |
| 562 | copy and work from the examples given here. | 562 | copy and work from the examples given here. |
| 563 | 563 | ||
| 564 | Let's first use a boolean variable. These are variables which you turn | 564 | Let's first use a boolean variable. These are variables which you turn |
| @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ breakpoints (try it, it's easier). You can enable this with: | |||
| 635 | 635 | ||
| 636 | @noindent to get compilation on @kbd{S-c}. Often, a modifier key like | 636 | @noindent to get compilation on @kbd{S-c}. Often, a modifier key like |
| 637 | @key{SUPER} or @key{HYPER} is bound or can be bound to an otherwise | 637 | @key{SUPER} or @key{HYPER} is bound or can be bound to an otherwise |
| 638 | unused key on your keyboard --- consult your system documentation. | 638 | unused key on your keyboard; consult your system documentation. |
| 639 | 639 | ||
| 640 | You can also assign specific commands to keys. This you must do in the | 640 | You can also assign specific commands to keys. This you must do in the |
| 641 | @emph{mode-hook}, a special function which is run when a new IDLWAVE | 641 | @emph{mode-hook}, a special function which is run when a new IDLWAVE |
| @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ endless. Here we set function keys f4-f8 to common debugging commands. | |||
| 661 | (local-set-key [f8] 'idlwave-shell-clear-all-bp))) | 661 | (local-set-key [f8] 'idlwave-shell-clear-all-bp))) |
| 662 | @end lisp | 662 | @end lisp |
| 663 | 663 | ||
| 664 | @node Lesson III -- User Catalog, , Lesson II -- Customization, Getting Started | 664 | @node Lesson III---User Catalog, , Lesson II---Customization, Getting Started |
| 665 | @section Lesson III: User and Library Catalogs | 665 | @section Lesson III: User and Library Catalogs |
| 666 | 666 | ||
| 667 | We have already used the routine info display in the first part of this | 667 | We have already used the routine info display in the first part of this |
| @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ Directories} from the IDLWAVE entry in the menu bar. If necessary, | |||
| 684 | start the shell first with @kbd{C-c C-s} (@pxref{Starting the Shell}). | 684 | start the shell first with @kbd{C-c C-s} (@pxref{Starting the Shell}). |
| 685 | IDLWAVE will find out about the IDL @code{!PATH} variable and offer a | 685 | IDLWAVE will find out about the IDL @code{!PATH} variable and offer a |
| 686 | list of directories on the path. Simply select them all (or whichever | 686 | list of directories on the path. Simply select them all (or whichever |
| 687 | you want --- directories with existing library catalogs will not be | 687 | you want; directories with existing library catalogs will not be |
| 688 | selected by default) and click on the @samp{Scan&Save} button. Then | 688 | selected by default) and click on the @samp{Scan&Save} button. Then |
| 689 | go for a cup of coffee while IDLWAVE collects information for each and | 689 | go for a cup of coffee while IDLWAVE collects information for each and |
| 690 | every IDL routine on your search path. All this information is | 690 | every IDL routine on your search path. All this information is |
| @@ -1251,8 +1251,8 @@ For IDL system routines, extensive documentation is supplied with IDL@. | |||
| 1251 | IDLWAVE can access the HTML version of this documentation very quickly | 1251 | IDLWAVE can access the HTML version of this documentation very quickly |
| 1252 | and accurately, based on the local context. This can be @emph{much} | 1252 | and accurately, based on the local context. This can be @emph{much} |
| 1253 | faster than using the IDL online help application, because IDLWAVE | 1253 | faster than using the IDL online help application, because IDLWAVE |
| 1254 | usually gets you to the right place in the documentation directly --- | 1254 | usually gets you to the right place in the documentation directly---e.g., |
| 1255 | e.g., a specific keyword of a routine --- without any additional browsing | 1255 | a specific keyword of a routine---without any additional browsing |
| 1256 | and scrolling. | 1256 | and scrolling. |
| 1257 | 1257 | ||
| 1258 | For this online help to work, an HTML version of the IDL documentation | 1258 | For this online help to work, an HTML version of the IDL documentation |
| @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ IDLWAVE offers completion for class names, routine names, keywords, | |||
| 1525 | system variables, system variable tags, class structure tags, regular | 1525 | system variables, system variable tags, class structure tags, regular |
| 1526 | structure tags and file names. As in many programming modes, completion | 1526 | structure tags and file names. As in many programming modes, completion |
| 1527 | is bound to @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (or simply @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the IDLWAVE | 1527 | is bound to @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (or simply @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the IDLWAVE |
| 1528 | Shell --- @pxref{Using the Shell}). Completion uses exactly the same | 1528 | Shell; @pxref{Using the Shell}). Completion uses exactly the same |
| 1529 | internal information as routine info, so when necessary (rarely) it can | 1529 | internal information as routine info, so when necessary (rarely) it can |
| 1530 | be updated with @kbd{C-c C-i} (@code{idlwave-update-routine-info}). | 1530 | be updated with @kbd{C-c C-i} (@code{idlwave-update-routine-info}). |
| 1531 | 1531 | ||
| @@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@ text. | |||
| 1581 | 1581 | ||
| 1582 | @cindex Completion, canceling | 1582 | @cindex Completion, canceling |
| 1583 | @cindex Canceling completion | 1583 | @cindex Canceling completion |
| 1584 | Completion is not a blocking operation --- you are free to continue | 1584 | Completion is not a blocking operation; you are free to continue |
| 1585 | editing, enter commands, or simply ignore the @file{*Completions*} | 1585 | editing, enter commands, or simply ignore the @file{*Completions*} |
| 1586 | buffer during a completion operation. If, however, the most recent | 1586 | buffer during a completion operation. If, however, the most recent |
| 1587 | command was a completion, @kbd{C-g} will remove the buffer and restore | 1587 | command was a completion, @kbd{C-g} will remove the buffer and restore |
| @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ used to insert code templates all start with a @samp{\} (the backslash), | |||
| 1898 | or, optionally, any other character set in | 1898 | or, optionally, any other character set in |
| 1899 | @code{idlwave-abbrev-start-char}. IDLWAVE ensures that abbreviations are | 1899 | @code{idlwave-abbrev-start-char}. IDLWAVE ensures that abbreviations are |
| 1900 | only expanded where they should be (i.e., not in a string or comment), | 1900 | only expanded where they should be (i.e., not in a string or comment), |
| 1901 | and permits the point to be moved after an abbreviation expansion --- | 1901 | and permits the point to be moved after an abbreviation expansion: |
| 1902 | very useful for positioning the mark inside of parentheses, etc. | 1902 | very useful for positioning the mark inside of parentheses, etc. |
| 1903 | 1903 | ||
| 1904 | Special abbreviations are pre-defined for code templates and other | 1904 | Special abbreviations are pre-defined for code templates and other |
| @@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ interactively, to compile and run IDL programs in Emacs buffers and to | |||
| 2377 | debug these programs. The IDLWAVE shell is built on @file{comint}, an | 2377 | debug these programs. The IDLWAVE shell is built on @file{comint}, an |
| 2378 | Emacs packages which handles the communication with the IDL program. | 2378 | Emacs packages which handles the communication with the IDL program. |
| 2379 | Unfortunately, IDL for Windows does not have command-prompt versions and | 2379 | Unfortunately, IDL for Windows does not have command-prompt versions and |
| 2380 | thus do not allow the interaction with Emacs --- so the IDLWAVE shell | 2380 | thus do not allow the interaction with Emacs, so the IDLWAVE shell |
| 2381 | currently only works under Unix and MacOSX. | 2381 | currently only works under Unix and MacOSX. |
| 2382 | 2382 | ||
| 2383 | @menu | 2383 | @menu |
| @@ -2735,8 +2735,8 @@ the prefix key @kbd{C-c C-d}, so, for example, setting a breakpoint is | |||
| 2735 | done with @kbd{C-c C-d C-b}, and compiling a source file with @kbd{C-c | 2735 | done with @kbd{C-c C-d C-b}, and compiling a source file with @kbd{C-c |
| 2736 | C-d C-c}. You can also easily configure IDLWAVE to use one or more | 2736 | C-d C-c}. You can also easily configure IDLWAVE to use one or more |
| 2737 | modifier keys not in use by other commands, in lieu of the prefix | 2737 | modifier keys not in use by other commands, in lieu of the prefix |
| 2738 | @kbd{C-c C-d} (though these bindings will typically also be available | 2738 | @kbd{C-c C-d} (though these bindings will typically also be available; |
| 2739 | --- see @code{idlwave-shell-activate-prefix-keybindings}). For | 2739 | see @code{idlwave-shell-activate-prefix-keybindings}). For |
| 2740 | example, if you include in @file{.emacs}: | 2740 | example, if you include in @file{.emacs}: |
| 2741 | 2741 | ||
| 2742 | @lisp | 2742 | @lisp |
| @@ -2749,9 +2749,9 @@ source file will be on @kbd{C-S-c}, deleting a breakpoint @kbd{C-S-d}, | |||
| 2749 | etc. In the remainder of this chapter we will assume that the | 2749 | etc. In the remainder of this chapter we will assume that the |
| 2750 | @kbd{C-c C-d} bindings are active, but each of these bindings will | 2750 | @kbd{C-c C-d} bindings are active, but each of these bindings will |
| 2751 | have an equivalent shortcut if modifiers are given in the | 2751 | have an equivalent shortcut if modifiers are given in the |
| 2752 | @code{idlwave-shell-debug-modifiers} variable (@pxref{Lesson II -- | 2752 | @code{idlwave-shell-debug-modifiers} variable (@pxref{Lesson |
| 2753 | Customization}). A much simpler and faster form of debugging for | 2753 | II---Customization}). A much simpler and faster form of debugging for |
| 2754 | running code is also available by default --- see @ref{Electric Debug | 2754 | running code is also available by default; see @ref{Electric Debug |
| 2755 | Mode}. | 2755 | Mode}. |
| 2756 | 2756 | ||
| 2757 | @defopt idlwave-shell-prefix-key (@kbd{C-c C-d}) | 2757 | @defopt idlwave-shell-prefix-key (@kbd{C-c C-d}) |
| @@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@ prefix arg of 1 (i.e., @kbd{C-1 C-c C-d C-b}), the breakpoint gets a | |||
| 2787 | With a numeric prefix greater than one (e.g., @kbd{C-4 C-c C-d C-b}), | 2787 | With a numeric prefix greater than one (e.g., @kbd{C-4 C-c C-d C-b}), |
| 2788 | the breakpoint will only be active the @code{nth} time it is hit. | 2788 | the breakpoint will only be active the @code{nth} time it is hit. |
| 2789 | With a single non-numeric prefix (i.e., @kbd{C-u C-c C-d C-b}), prompt | 2789 | With a single non-numeric prefix (i.e., @kbd{C-u C-c C-d C-b}), prompt |
| 2790 | for a condition --- an IDL expression to be evaluated and trigger the | 2790 | for a condition: an IDL expression to be evaluated and trigger the |
| 2791 | breakpoint only if true. To clear the breakpoint in the current line, | 2791 | breakpoint only if true. To clear the breakpoint in the current line, |
| 2792 | use @kbd{C-c C-d C-d} (@code{idlwave-clear-current-bp}). When | 2792 | use @kbd{C-c C-d C-d} (@code{idlwave-clear-current-bp}). When |
| 2793 | executed from the shell window, the breakpoint where IDL is currently | 2793 | executed from the shell window, the breakpoint where IDL is currently |
| @@ -3118,10 +3118,10 @@ time (as long as the shell is running), and are very useful when | |||
| 3118 | execution is stopped in a buffer due to a triggered breakpoint or error, | 3118 | execution is stopped in a buffer due to a triggered breakpoint or error, |
| 3119 | or while composing a long command in the IDLWAVE shell. In the latter | 3119 | or while composing a long command in the IDLWAVE shell. In the latter |
| 3120 | case, the command is sent to the shell and its output is visible, but | 3120 | case, the command is sent to the shell and its output is visible, but |
| 3121 | point remains unmoved in the command being composed --- you can inspect | 3121 | point remains unmoved in the command being composed: you can inspect |
| 3122 | the constituents of a command you're building without interrupting the | 3122 | the constituents of a command you're building without interrupting the |
| 3123 | process of building it! You can even print arbitrary expressions from | 3123 | process of building it! You can even print arbitrary expressions from |
| 3124 | older input or output further up in the shell window --- any expression, | 3124 | older input or output further up in the shell window; any expression, |
| 3125 | variable, number, or function you see can be examined. | 3125 | variable, number, or function you see can be examined. |
| 3126 | 3126 | ||
| 3127 | If the variable @code{idlwave-shell-separate-examine-output} is | 3127 | If the variable @code{idlwave-shell-separate-examine-output} is |
| @@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ Starting with version 5.0, there are two types of catalogs available | |||
| 3505 | with IDLWAVE@. The traditional @emph{user catalog} and the newer | 3505 | with IDLWAVE@. The traditional @emph{user catalog} and the newer |
| 3506 | @emph{library catalogs}. Although they can be used interchangeably, the | 3506 | @emph{library catalogs}. Although they can be used interchangeably, the |
| 3507 | library catalogs are more flexible, and preferred. There are few | 3507 | library catalogs are more flexible, and preferred. There are few |
| 3508 | occasions when a user catalog might be preferred --- read below. Both | 3508 | occasions when a user catalog might be preferred---read below. Both |
| 3509 | types of catalogs can coexist without causing problems. | 3509 | types of catalogs can coexist without causing problems. |
| 3510 | 3510 | ||
| 3511 | To facilitate the catalog systems, IDLWAVE stores information it gathers | 3511 | To facilitate the catalog systems, IDLWAVE stores information it gathers |
| @@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ Library catalogs consist of files named @file{.idlwave_catalog} stored | |||
| 3563 | in directories containing @code{.pro} routine files. They are | 3563 | in directories containing @code{.pro} routine files. They are |
| 3564 | discovered on the IDL search path and loaded automatically when routine | 3564 | discovered on the IDL search path and loaded automatically when routine |
| 3565 | information is read. Each catalog file documents the routines found in | 3565 | information is read. Each catalog file documents the routines found in |
| 3566 | that directory --- one catalog per directory. Every catalog has a | 3566 | that directory---one catalog per directory. Every catalog has a |
| 3567 | library name associated with it (e.g., @emph{AstroLib}). This name will | 3567 | library name associated with it (e.g., @emph{AstroLib}). This name will |
| 3568 | be shown briefly when the catalog is found, and in the routine info of | 3568 | be shown briefly when the catalog is found, and in the routine info of |
| 3569 | routines it documents. | 3569 | routines it documents. |
| @@ -4061,7 +4061,7 @@ system. I am assuming that IDLWAVE has been installed in | |||
| 4061 | 4061 | ||
| 4062 | @end lisp | 4062 | @end lisp |
| 4063 | 4063 | ||
| 4064 | @noindent Furthermore, Windows sometimes tries to outsmart you --- make | 4064 | @noindent Furthermore, Windows sometimes tries to outsmart you; make |
| 4065 | sure you check the following things: | 4065 | sure you check the following things: |
| 4066 | 4066 | ||
| 4067 | @itemize @bullet | 4067 | @itemize @bullet |
diff --git a/doc/misc/info.texi b/doc/misc/info.texi index aec80522772..9914aa37d19 100644 --- a/doc/misc/info.texi +++ b/doc/misc/info.texi | |||
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |||
| 14 | This file describes how to use Info, the on-line, menu-driven GNU | 14 | This file describes how to use Info, the on-line, menu-driven GNU |
| 15 | documentation system. | 15 | documentation system. |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1996-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1996--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | @quotation | 19 | @quotation |
| 20 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 20 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi b/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi index 990bb87ae5c..b4515cf64f5 100644 --- a/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi +++ b/doc/misc/mairix-el.texi | |||
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ | |||
| 6 | @documentencoding ISO-8859-1 | 6 | @documentencoding ISO-8859-1 |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | @copying | 8 | @copying |
| 9 | Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 9 | Copyright @copyright{} 2008--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | @quotation | 11 | @quotation |
| 12 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 12 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ modify this GNU manual.'' | |||
| 27 | @end direntry | 27 | @end direntry |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | @titlepage | 29 | @titlepage |
| 30 | @title mairix.el - Mairix interface for Emacs | 30 | @title mairix.el---Mairix interface for Emacs |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | @author David Engster | 32 | @author David Engster |
| 33 | @page | 33 | @page |
| @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ modify this GNU manual.'' | |||
| 38 | @contents | 38 | @contents |
| 39 | 39 | ||
| 40 | @node Top | 40 | @node Top |
| 41 | @top mairix.el - Mairix interface for Emacs | 41 | @top mairix.el---Mairix interface for Emacs |
| 42 | 42 | ||
| 43 | Mairix is a tool for indexing and searching words in locally stored | 43 | Mairix is a tool for indexing and searching words in locally stored |
| 44 | mail. It was written by Richard Curnow and is licensed under the | 44 | mail. It was written by Richard Curnow and is licensed under the |
diff --git a/doc/misc/message.texi b/doc/misc/message.texi index cbeac404000..0f8a383377e 100644 --- a/doc/misc/message.texi +++ b/doc/misc/message.texi | |||
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |||
| 10 | @copying | 10 | @copying |
| 11 | This file documents Message, the Emacs message composition mode. | 11 | This file documents Message, the Emacs message composition mode. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 1996-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 1996--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | @quotation | 15 | @quotation |
| 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ You can use one or more of the above variables. All their values are | |||
| 476 | Now you are all set. Just start composing a message as you normally do. | 476 | Now you are all set. Just start composing a message as you normally do. |
| 477 | And just send it; as always. Just before the message is sent out, Gnus' | 477 | And just send it; as always. Just before the message is sent out, Gnus' |
| 478 | MFT generation thingy kicks in and checks if the message already has a | 478 | MFT generation thingy kicks in and checks if the message already has a |
| 479 | MFT field. If there is one, it is left alone. (Except if it's empty - | 479 | MFT field. If there is one, it is left alone. (Except if it's empty; |
| 480 | in that case, the field is removed and is not replaced with an | 480 | in that case, the field is removed and is not replaced with an |
| 481 | automatically generated one. This lets you disable MFT generation on a | 481 | automatically generated one. This lets you disable MFT generation on a |
| 482 | per-message basis.) If there is none, then the list of recipient | 482 | per-message basis.) If there is none, then the list of recipient |
| @@ -2206,12 +2206,12 @@ This function won't add the header if the header is already present. | |||
| 2206 | 2206 | ||
| 2207 | @item message-send-mail-hook | 2207 | @item message-send-mail-hook |
| 2208 | @vindex message-send-mail-hook | 2208 | @vindex message-send-mail-hook |
| 2209 | Hook run before sending mail messages. This hook is run very late -- | 2209 | Hook run before sending mail messages. This hook is run very late: |
| 2210 | just before the message is actually sent as mail. | 2210 | just before the message is actually sent as mail. |
| 2211 | 2211 | ||
| 2212 | @item message-send-news-hook | 2212 | @item message-send-news-hook |
| 2213 | @vindex message-send-news-hook | 2213 | @vindex message-send-news-hook |
| 2214 | Hook run before sending news messages. This hook is run very late -- | 2214 | Hook run before sending news messages. This hook is run very late: |
| 2215 | just before the message is actually sent as news. | 2215 | just before the message is actually sent as news. |
| 2216 | 2216 | ||
| 2217 | @item message-sent-hook | 2217 | @item message-sent-hook |
diff --git a/doc/misc/mh-e.texi b/doc/misc/mh-e.texi index 7f7c143c36b..5b62f9ba6a5 100644 --- a/doc/misc/mh-e.texi +++ b/doc/misc/mh-e.texi | |||
| @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ | |||
| 24 | This is version @value{VERSION}@value{EDITION} of @cite{The MH-E | 24 | This is version @value{VERSION}@value{EDITION} of @cite{The MH-E |
| 25 | Manual}, last updated @value{UPDATED}. | 25 | Manual}, last updated @value{UPDATED}. |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001-2003, 2005-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 27 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001--2003, 2005--2012 Free Software |
| 28 | Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 28 | 29 | ||
| 29 | @c This dual license has been agreed upon by the FSF. | 30 | @c This dual license has been agreed upon by the FSF. |
| 30 | 31 | ||
| @@ -214,7 +215,7 @@ The MH-E package is distributed with Emacs@footnote{Version | |||
| 214 | @value{VERSION} of MH-E appeared in Emacs 24.4. It is supported in GNU | 215 | @value{VERSION} of MH-E appeared in Emacs 24.4. It is supported in GNU |
| 215 | Emacs 23 and higher, as well as XEmacs 21.4.22 and 21.5.31. MH-E is | 216 | Emacs 23 and higher, as well as XEmacs 21.4.22 and 21.5.31. MH-E is |
| 216 | known not to work with GNU Emacs versions 20 and below, and XEmacs | 217 | known not to work with GNU Emacs versions 20 and below, and XEmacs |
| 217 | version 21.5.9 - 21.5.16. It is compatible with MH versions 6.8.4 and | 218 | version 21.5.9--21.5.16. It is compatible with MH versions 6.8.4 and |
| 218 | higher, all versions of nmh, and GNU mailutils 1.0 and higher}, so you | 219 | higher, all versions of nmh, and GNU mailutils 1.0 and higher}, so you |
| 219 | shouldn't have to do anything special to use it. Gnus is also | 220 | shouldn't have to do anything special to use it. Gnus is also |
| 220 | required; version 5.10 or higher is recommended. This manual covers | 221 | required; version 5.10 or higher is recommended. This manual covers |
| @@ -5644,7 +5645,7 @@ The command @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{mh-check-whom}) expands aliases so | |||
| 5644 | you can check the actual address(es) in the alias. A new buffer named | 5645 | you can check the actual address(es) in the alias. A new buffer named |
| 5645 | @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} is created with the output of @command{whom} | 5646 | @samp{*MH-E Recipients*} is created with the output of @command{whom} |
| 5646 | (@pxref{Miscellaneous})@footnote{See the section | 5647 | (@pxref{Miscellaneous})@footnote{See the section |
| 5647 | @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/senove.html#WhaPro, What now? -- and the | 5648 | @uref{@value{MH-BOOK-HOME}/senove.html#WhaPro, What now?---and the |
| 5648 | whatnow Program} in the MH book.}. | 5649 | whatnow Program} in the MH book.}. |
| 5649 | 5650 | ||
| 5650 | @node Sending Message, Killing Draft, Checking Recipients, Editing Drafts | 5651 | @node Sending Message, Killing Draft, Checking Recipients, Editing Drafts |
| @@ -7762,7 +7763,7 @@ all of your interesting messages and add a couple of points to be | |||
| 7762 | conservative. Add that many dots to the @samp{X-Spam-Level:} header | 7763 | conservative. Add that many dots to the @samp{X-Spam-Level:} header |
| 7763 | field above to send messages with that score down the drain. | 7764 | field above to send messages with that score down the drain. |
| 7764 | 7765 | ||
| 7765 | In the example above, messages with a score of 5-9 are set aside in | 7766 | In the example above, messages with a score of 5--9 are set aside in |
| 7766 | the @samp{+spam} folder for later review. The major weakness of | 7767 | the @samp{+spam} folder for later review. The major weakness of |
| 7767 | rules-based filters is a plethora of false positives so it is | 7768 | rules-based filters is a plethora of false positives so it is |
| 7768 | worthwhile to check. | 7769 | worthwhile to check. |
| @@ -8664,7 +8665,7 @@ In order to send mail within Gnus using MH-E, set this option to | |||
| 8664 | Since Gnus keeps track of which messages you have read, it would be | 8665 | Since Gnus keeps track of which messages you have read, it would be |
| 8665 | bad if Gnus expired the last message, for example, message 100, and | 8666 | bad if Gnus expired the last message, for example, message 100, and |
| 8666 | @command{rcvstore} gave the next new message number 1. Gnus would then | 8667 | @command{rcvstore} gave the next new message number 1. Gnus would then |
| 8667 | ignore it since it thinks that you've read messages 1-100. Turning on | 8668 | ignore it since it thinks that you've read messages 1--100. Turning on |
| 8668 | this option ensures that the last message is never removed thereby | 8669 | this option ensures that the last message is never removed thereby |
| 8669 | eliminating this problem. | 8670 | eliminating this problem. |
| 8670 | @end vtable | 8671 | @end vtable |
| @@ -8881,7 +8882,7 @@ same structure as MH-E (i.e., invoked MH programs), though it was | |||
| 8881 | simpler and the commands were slightly different. Unfortunately, I no | 8882 | simpler and the commands were slightly different. Unfortunately, I no |
| 8882 | longer have a copy so the differences are lost in the mists of time. | 8883 | longer have a copy so the differences are lost in the mists of time. |
| 8883 | 8884 | ||
| 8884 | In '82-83, I was working at BBN and wrote a lot of mlisp code in | 8885 | In '82--83, I was working at BBN and wrote a lot of mlisp code in |
| 8885 | Gosling Emacs to make it look more like Tennex Emacs. One of the | 8886 | Gosling Emacs to make it look more like Tennex Emacs. One of the |
| 8886 | packages that I picked up and improved was Reid's mail system. In '83, | 8887 | packages that I picked up and improved was Reid's mail system. In '83, |
| 8887 | I went back to Berkeley. About that time, Stallman's first version of | 8888 | I went back to Berkeley. About that time, Stallman's first version of |
diff --git a/doc/misc/newsticker.texi b/doc/misc/newsticker.texi index 480fb648957..56702502f92 100644 --- a/doc/misc/newsticker.texi +++ b/doc/misc/newsticker.texi | |||
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ | |||
| 13 | This manual is for Newsticker (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}). | 13 | This manual is for Newsticker (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}). |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | @noindent | 15 | @noindent |
| 16 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 16 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 17 | 17 | ||
| 18 | @quotation | 18 | @quotation |
| 19 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 19 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ modify this GNU manual.'' | |||
| 34 | @end direntry | 34 | @end direntry |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | @titlepage | 36 | @titlepage |
| 37 | @title Newsticker -- a Newsticker for Emacs | 37 | @title Newsticker---a Newsticker for Emacs |
| 38 | @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED} | 38 | @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED} |
| 39 | @author Ulf Jasper | 39 | @author Ulf Jasper |
| 40 | @author @email{ulf.jasper@@web.de} | 40 | @author @email{ulf.jasper@@web.de} |
| @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ which contains @file{xml.el} for XEmacs. | |||
| 131 | Newsticker retrieves headlines either via Emacs's built-in retrieval | 131 | Newsticker retrieves headlines either via Emacs's built-in retrieval |
| 132 | functions, by an arbitrary external program that retrieves files via | 132 | functions, by an arbitrary external program that retrieves files via |
| 133 | http and prints them to stdout (like | 133 | http and prints them to stdout (like |
| 134 | @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/wget.html, wget}, or -- on a | 134 | @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/wget.html, wget}, or---on a |
| 135 | per feed basis -- via an arbitrary Lisp command. | 135 | per feed basis---via an arbitrary Lisp command. |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | @node Installation | 138 | @node Installation |
diff --git a/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi b/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi index 0bac8d3ad31..74971ae9e3d 100644 --- a/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi +++ b/doc/misc/nxml-mode.texi | |||
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ | |||
| 8 | This manual documents nXML mode, an Emacs major mode for editing | 8 | This manual documents nXML mode, an Emacs major mode for editing |
| 9 | XML with RELAX NG support. | 9 | XML with RELAX NG support. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | @quotation | 13 | @quotation |
| 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/org.texi b/doc/misc/org.texi index 3dc98f66d2b..b5e93d74fdb 100644 --- a/doc/misc/org.texi +++ b/doc/misc/org.texi | |||
| @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ | |||
| 262 | @copying | 262 | @copying |
| 263 | This manual is for Org version @value{VERSION}. | 263 | This manual is for Org version @value{VERSION}. |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 265 | Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| 267 | @quotation | 267 | @quotation |
| 268 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 268 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ default. If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, add this line to your | |||
| 984 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.org\\'" . org-mode)) | 984 | (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.org\\'" . org-mode)) |
| 985 | @end lisp | 985 | @end lisp |
| 986 | 986 | ||
| 987 | Org mode buffers need font-lock to be turned on - this is the default in | 987 | Org mode buffers need font-lock to be turned on: this is the default in |
| 988 | Emacs@footnote{If you don't use font-lock globally, turn it on in Org buffer | 988 | Emacs@footnote{If you don't use font-lock globally, turn it on in Org buffer |
| 989 | with @code{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)}}. | 989 | with @code{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)}}. |
| 990 | 990 | ||
| @@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ computations in Lisp: | |||
| 2685 | '(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2)) | 2685 | '(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2)) |
| 2686 | @r{Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @code{$1+$2}} | 2686 | @r{Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @code{$1+$2}} |
| 2687 | '(+ $1 $2);N | 2687 | '(+ $1 $2);N |
| 2688 | @r{Compute the sum of columns 1-4, like Calc's @code{vsum($1..$4)}} | 2688 | @r{Compute the sum of columns 1--4, like Calc's @code{vsum($1..$4)}} |
| 2689 | '(apply '+ '($1..$4));N | 2689 | '(apply '+ '($1..$4));N |
| 2690 | @end example | 2690 | @end example |
| 2691 | 2691 | ||
| @@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ buffer: | |||
| 3374 | For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at the cursor, the link points | 3374 | For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at the cursor, the link points |
| 3375 | to the target. Otherwise it points to the current headline, which will also | 3375 | to the target. Otherwise it points to the current headline, which will also |
| 3376 | be the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it will be | 3376 | be the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it will be |
| 3377 | removed from the link and result in a wrong link -- you should avoid putting | 3377 | removed from the link and result in a wrong link---you should avoid putting |
| 3378 | timestamp in the headline.}. | 3378 | timestamp in the headline.}. |
| 3379 | 3379 | ||
| 3380 | @vindex org-link-to-org-use-id | 3380 | @vindex org-link-to-org-use-id |
| @@ -5236,8 +5236,8 @@ same summary information. | |||
| 5236 | The @code{est+} summary type requires further explanation. It is used for | 5236 | The @code{est+} summary type requires further explanation. It is used for |
| 5237 | combining estimates, expressed as low-high ranges. For example, instead | 5237 | combining estimates, expressed as low-high ranges. For example, instead |
| 5238 | of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you might estimate it as | 5238 | of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you might estimate it as |
| 5239 | 5-6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much work is required, or | 5239 | 5--6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much work is required, or |
| 5240 | 1-10 days if you don't really know what needs to be done. Both ranges | 5240 | 1--10 days if you don't really know what needs to be done. Both ranges |
| 5241 | average at 5.5 days, but the first represents a more predictable delivery. | 5241 | average at 5.5 days, but the first represents a more predictable delivery. |
| 5242 | 5242 | ||
| 5243 | When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and highs | 5243 | When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and highs |
| @@ -5247,7 +5247,7 @@ from the sum. For example, suppose you had ten tasks, each of which was | |||
| 5247 | estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work. Straight addition produces an estimate | 5247 | estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work. Straight addition produces an estimate |
| 5248 | of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if everything goes either | 5248 | of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if everything goes either |
| 5249 | extremely well or extremely poorly. In contrast, @code{est+} estimates the | 5249 | extremely well or extremely poorly. In contrast, @code{est+} estimates the |
| 5250 | full job more realistically, at 10-15 days. | 5250 | full job more realistically, at 10--15 days. |
| 5251 | 5251 | ||
| 5252 | Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with allowed | 5252 | Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with allowed |
| 5253 | values. | 5253 | values. |
| @@ -6539,7 +6539,7 @@ suggestion.} for capturing new material. | |||
| 6539 | @table @kbd | 6539 | @table @kbd |
| 6540 | @orgcmd{C-c c,org-capture} | 6540 | @orgcmd{C-c c,org-capture} |
| 6541 | Call the command @code{org-capture}. Note that this keybinding is global and | 6541 | Call the command @code{org-capture}. Note that this keybinding is global and |
| 6542 | not active by default - you need to install it. If you have templates | 6542 | not active by default; you need to install it. If you have templates |
| 6543 | @cindex date tree | 6543 | @cindex date tree |
| 6544 | defined @pxref{Capture templates}, it will offer these templates for | 6544 | defined @pxref{Capture templates}, it will offer these templates for |
| 6545 | selection or use a new Org outline node as the default template. It will | 6545 | selection or use a new Org outline node as the default template. It will |
| @@ -8117,7 +8117,7 @@ February 1st, @kbd{9 w} to ISO week number 9. When setting day, week, or | |||
| 8117 | month view, a year may be encoded in the prefix argument as well. For | 8117 | month view, a year may be encoded in the prefix argument as well. For |
| 8118 | example, @kbd{200712 w} will jump to week 12 in 2007. If such a year | 8118 | example, @kbd{200712 w} will jump to week 12 in 2007. If such a year |
| 8119 | specification has only one or two digits, it will be mapped to the interval | 8119 | specification has only one or two digits, it will be mapped to the interval |
| 8120 | 1938-2037. @kbd{v @key{SPC}} will reset to what is set in | 8120 | 1938--2037. @kbd{v @key{SPC}} will reset to what is set in |
| 8121 | @code{org-agenda-span}. | 8121 | @code{org-agenda-span}. |
| 8122 | @c | 8122 | @c |
| 8123 | @orgcmd{f,org-agenda-later} | 8123 | @orgcmd{f,org-agenda-later} |
| @@ -8276,7 +8276,7 @@ You can then filter for an effort by first typing an operator, one of | |||
| 8276 | @kbd{<}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{=}, and then the one-digit index of an effort | 8276 | @kbd{<}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{=}, and then the one-digit index of an effort |
| 8277 | estimate in your array of allowed values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value. | 8277 | estimate in your array of allowed values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value. |
| 8278 | The filter will then restrict to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal, | 8278 | The filter will then restrict to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal, |
| 8279 | or larger-or-equal than the selected value. If the digits 0-9 are not used | 8279 | or larger-or-equal than the selected value. If the digits 0--9 are not used |
| 8280 | as fast access keys to tags, you can also simply press the index digit | 8280 | as fast access keys to tags, you can also simply press the index digit |
| 8281 | directly without an operator. In this case, @kbd{<} will be assumed. For | 8281 | directly without an operator. In this case, @kbd{<} will be assumed. For |
| 8282 | application of the operator, entries without a defined effort will be treated | 8282 | application of the operator, entries without a defined effort will be treated |
| @@ -8334,7 +8334,7 @@ selected. | |||
| 8334 | @tsubheading{Remote editing} | 8334 | @tsubheading{Remote editing} |
| 8335 | @cindex remote editing, from agenda | 8335 | @cindex remote editing, from agenda |
| 8336 | 8336 | ||
| 8337 | @item 0-9 | 8337 | @item 0--9 |
| 8338 | Digit argument. | 8338 | Digit argument. |
| 8339 | @c | 8339 | @c |
| 8340 | @cindex undoing remote-editing events | 8340 | @cindex undoing remote-editing events |
| @@ -11148,7 +11148,7 @@ files directly, or generate the required styles using an application like | |||
| 11148 | LibreOffice. The latter method is suitable for expert and non-expert | 11148 | LibreOffice. The latter method is suitable for expert and non-expert |
| 11149 | users alike, and is described here. | 11149 | users alike, and is described here. |
| 11150 | 11150 | ||
| 11151 | @subsubsection Applying custom styles - the easy way | 11151 | @subsubsection Applying custom styles: the easy way |
| 11152 | 11152 | ||
| 11153 | @enumerate | 11153 | @enumerate |
| 11154 | @item | 11154 | @item |
| @@ -11161,8 +11161,8 @@ to ODT format. | |||
| 11161 | 11161 | ||
| 11162 | @item | 11162 | @item |
| 11163 | Open the above @file{example.odt} using LibreOffice. Use the @file{Stylist} | 11163 | Open the above @file{example.odt} using LibreOffice. Use the @file{Stylist} |
| 11164 | to locate the target styles - these typically have the @samp{Org} prefix - | 11164 | to locate the target styles---these typically have the @samp{Org} prefix---and |
| 11165 | and modify those to your taste. Save the modified file either as an | 11165 | modify those to your taste. Save the modified file either as an |
| 11166 | OpenDocument Text (@file{.odt}) or OpenDocument Template (@file{.ott}) file. | 11166 | OpenDocument Text (@file{.odt}) or OpenDocument Template (@file{.ott}) file. |
| 11167 | 11167 | ||
| 11168 | @item | 11168 | @item |
| @@ -11215,8 +11215,8 @@ with a cross-reference and sequence number of the labeled entity. | |||
| 11215 | @cindex tables, in DocBook export | 11215 | @cindex tables, in DocBook export |
| 11216 | 11216 | ||
| 11217 | Export of native Org mode tables (@pxref{Tables}) and simple @file{table.el} | 11217 | Export of native Org mode tables (@pxref{Tables}) and simple @file{table.el} |
| 11218 | tables is supported. However, export of complex @file{table.el} tables - | 11218 | tables is supported. However, export of complex @file{table.el} tables---tables |
| 11219 | tables that have column or row spans - is not supported. Such tables are | 11219 | that have column or row spans---is not supported. Such tables are |
| 11220 | stripped from the exported document. | 11220 | stripped from the exported document. |
| 11221 | 11221 | ||
| 11222 | By default, a table is exported with top and bottom frames and with rules | 11222 | By default, a table is exported with top and bottom frames and with rules |
| @@ -11348,7 +11348,7 @@ height:width ratio, do the following | |||
| 11348 | @cindex #+ATTR_ODT | 11348 | @cindex #+ATTR_ODT |
| 11349 | You can control the manner in which an image is anchored by setting the | 11349 | You can control the manner in which an image is anchored by setting the |
| 11350 | @code{:anchor} property of it's @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. You can specify one | 11350 | @code{:anchor} property of it's @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. You can specify one |
| 11351 | of the the following three values for the @code{:anchor} property - | 11351 | of the the following three values for the @code{:anchor} property: |
| 11352 | @samp{"as-char"}, @samp{"paragraph"} and @samp{"page"}. | 11352 | @samp{"as-char"}, @samp{"paragraph"} and @samp{"page"}. |
| 11353 | 11353 | ||
| 11354 | To create an image that is anchored to a page, do the following: | 11354 | To create an image that is anchored to a page, do the following: |
| @@ -11454,8 +11454,8 @@ or | |||
| 11454 | @node Labels and captions in ODT export, Literal examples in ODT export, Math formatting in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export | 11454 | @node Labels and captions in ODT export, Literal examples in ODT export, Math formatting in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export |
| 11455 | @subsection Labels and captions in ODT export | 11455 | @subsection Labels and captions in ODT export |
| 11456 | 11456 | ||
| 11457 | You can label and caption various category of objects - an inline image, a | 11457 | You can label and caption various category of objects---an inline image, a |
| 11458 | table, a @LaTeX{} fragment or a Math formula - using @code{#+LABEL} and | 11458 | table, a @LaTeX{} fragment or a Math formula---using @code{#+LABEL} and |
| 11459 | @code{#+CAPTION} lines. @xref{Images and tables}. ODT exporter enumerates | 11459 | @code{#+CAPTION} lines. @xref{Images and tables}. ODT exporter enumerates |
| 11460 | each labeled or captioned object of a given category separately. As a | 11460 | each labeled or captioned object of a given category separately. As a |
| 11461 | result, each such object is assigned a sequence number based on order of it's | 11461 | result, each such object is assigned a sequence number based on order of it's |
| @@ -11619,8 +11619,8 @@ the exporter. | |||
| 11619 | 11619 | ||
| 11620 | @item | 11620 | @item |
| 11621 | It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>}@dots{}@samp{</text:sequence-decl>} | 11621 | It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>}@dots{}@samp{</text:sequence-decl>} |
| 11622 | elements that control how various entities - tables, images, equations etc - | 11622 | elements that control how various entities---tables, images, equations, |
| 11623 | are numbered. | 11623 | etc.---are numbered. |
| 11624 | @end enumerate | 11624 | @end enumerate |
| 11625 | @end itemize | 11625 | @end itemize |
| 11626 | 11626 | ||
| @@ -11754,7 +11754,7 @@ OpenDocument-v1.2 Specification}} | |||
| 11754 | 11754 | ||
| 11755 | 11755 | ||
| 11756 | 11756 | ||
| 11757 | @subsubheading Custom table styles - an illustration | 11757 | @subsubheading Custom table styles: an illustration |
| 11758 | 11758 | ||
| 11759 | To have a quick preview of this feature, install the below setting and export | 11759 | To have a quick preview of this feature, install the below setting and export |
| 11760 | the table that follows. | 11760 | the table that follows. |
| @@ -11786,7 +11786,7 @@ Template} in @file{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} | |||
| 11786 | (@pxref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml,,Factory styles}). If you need | 11786 | (@pxref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml,,Factory styles}). If you need |
| 11787 | additional templates you have to define these styles yourselves. | 11787 | additional templates you have to define these styles yourselves. |
| 11788 | 11788 | ||
| 11789 | @subsubheading Custom table styles - the nitty-gritty | 11789 | @subsubheading Custom table styles: the nitty-gritty |
| 11790 | To use this feature proceed as follows: | 11790 | To use this feature proceed as follows: |
| 11791 | 11791 | ||
| 11792 | @enumerate | 11792 | @enumerate |
| @@ -14800,7 +14800,7 @@ These lines (several are allowed) specify link abbreviations. | |||
| 14800 | @vindex org-lowest-priority | 14800 | @vindex org-lowest-priority |
| 14801 | @vindex org-default-priority | 14801 | @vindex org-default-priority |
| 14802 | This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. All three | 14802 | This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. All three |
| 14803 | must be either letters A-Z or numbers 0-9. The highest priority must | 14803 | must be either letters A--Z or numbers 0--9. The highest priority must |
| 14804 | have a lower ASCII number than the lowest priority. | 14804 | have a lower ASCII number than the lowest priority. |
| 14805 | @item #+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value | 14805 | @item #+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value |
| 14806 | This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the current | 14806 | This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the current |
| @@ -15104,7 +15104,7 @@ indentation shifts by two@footnote{See the variable | |||
| 15104 | stars but the last one are made invisible using the @code{org-hide} | 15104 | stars but the last one are made invisible using the @code{org-hide} |
| 15105 | face@footnote{Turning on @code{org-indent-mode} sets | 15105 | face@footnote{Turning on @code{org-indent-mode} sets |
| 15106 | @code{org-hide-leading-stars} to @code{t} and @code{org-adapt-indentation} to | 15106 | @code{org-hide-leading-stars} to @code{t} and @code{org-adapt-indentation} to |
| 15107 | @code{nil}.} - see below under @samp{2.} for more information on how this | 15107 | @code{nil}.}; see below under @samp{2.} for more information on how this |
| 15108 | works. You can turn on @code{org-indent-mode} for all files by customizing | 15108 | works. You can turn on @code{org-indent-mode} for all files by customizing |
| 15109 | the variable @code{org-startup-indented}, or you can turn it on for | 15109 | the variable @code{org-startup-indented}, or you can turn it on for |
| 15110 | individual files using | 15110 | individual files using |
| @@ -16713,7 +16713,7 @@ a great help, and the list would not be so active without him. | |||
| 16713 | @end table | 16713 | @end table |
| 16714 | 16714 | ||
| 16715 | I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to be | 16715 | I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to be |
| 16716 | fair when shortlisting a few of them -- but Org's history would not be | 16716 | fair when shortlisting a few of them, but Org's history would not be |
| 16717 | complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual. | 16717 | complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual. |
| 16718 | 16718 | ||
| 16719 | @section List of contributions | 16719 | @section List of contributions |
diff --git a/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi b/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi index 6ce746c9be0..f55fb2cb3bc 100644 --- a/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi +++ b/doc/misc/pcl-cvs.texi | |||
| @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ | |||
| 1 | \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- | 1 | \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- |
| 2 | @c %**start of header | 2 | @c %**start of header |
| 3 | @setfilename ../../info/pcl-cvs | 3 | @setfilename ../../info/pcl-cvs |
| 4 | @settitle PCL-CVS --- Emacs Front-End to CVS | 4 | @settitle PCL-CVS---Emacs Front-End to CVS |
| 5 | @syncodeindex vr fn | 5 | @syncodeindex vr fn |
| 6 | @c %**end of header | 6 | @c %**end of header |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | @copying | 8 | @copying |
| 9 | Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 9 | Copyright @copyright{} 1991--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | @quotation | 11 | @quotation |
| 12 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 12 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ modify this GNU manual.'' | |||
| 34 | @sp | 34 | @sp |
| 35 | @center @titlefont{to} | 35 | @center @titlefont{to} |
| 36 | @sp | 36 | @sp |
| 37 | @center @titlefont{PCL-CVS --- The Emacs Front-End to CVS} | 37 | @center @titlefont{PCL-CVS---The Emacs Front-End to CVS} |
| 38 | @ignore | 38 | @ignore |
| 39 | @sp 2 | 39 | @sp 2 |
| 40 | @center release 2.9 | 40 | @center release 2.9 |
diff --git a/doc/misc/pgg.texi b/doc/misc/pgg.texi index 70d1d371088..d8da8276817 100644 --- a/doc/misc/pgg.texi +++ b/doc/misc/pgg.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | This file describes PGG @value{VERSION}, an Emacs interface to various | 11 | This file describes PGG @value{VERSION}, an Emacs interface to various |
| 12 | PGP implementations. | 12 | PGP implementations. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2003-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2003--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/rcirc.texi b/doc/misc/rcirc.texi index ffdb0268f7d..c2ed68a0be0 100644 --- a/doc/misc/rcirc.texi +++ b/doc/misc/rcirc.texi | |||
| @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ | |||
| 5 | @c %**end of header | 5 | @c %**end of header |
| 6 | 6 | ||
| 7 | @copying | 7 | @copying |
| 8 | Copyright @copyright{} 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 8 | Copyright @copyright{} 2006--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 9 | 9 | ||
| 10 | @quotation | 10 | @quotation |
| 11 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 11 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ client doesn't realize that it has been disconnected. It takes several | |||
| 898 | minutes until the client decides that the connection has in fact been | 898 | minutes until the client decides that the connection has in fact been |
| 899 | lost. The simple solution is to use @kbd{M-x rcirc}. The problem is | 899 | lost. The simple solution is to use @kbd{M-x rcirc}. The problem is |
| 900 | that this opens an @emph{additional} connection, so you'll have two | 900 | that this opens an @emph{additional} connection, so you'll have two |
| 901 | copies of every channel buffer --- one dead and one live. | 901 | copies of every channel buffer, one dead and one live. |
| 902 | 902 | ||
| 903 | The real answer, therefore, is a @code{/reconnect} command: | 903 | The real answer, therefore, is a @code{/reconnect} command: |
| 904 | 904 | ||
diff --git a/doc/misc/reftex.texi b/doc/misc/reftex.texi index 40cce472eed..f9f0fab9e4a 100644 --- a/doc/misc/reftex.texi +++ b/doc/misc/reftex.texi | |||
| @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This manual documents @RefTeX{} (version @value{VERSION}), a package | |||
| 45 | to do labels, references, citations and indices for LaTeX documents | 45 | to do labels, references, citations and indices for LaTeX documents |
| 46 | with Emacs. | 46 | with Emacs. |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | Copyright @copyright{} 1997-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 48 | Copyright @copyright{} 1997--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | @quotation | 50 | @quotation |
| 51 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 51 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ Promote the current section. This will convert @code{\section} to | |||
| 609 | @code{\chapter}, @code{\subsection} to @code{\section} etc. If there is | 609 | @code{\chapter}, @code{\subsection} to @code{\section} etc. If there is |
| 610 | an active region, all sections in the region will be promoted, including | 610 | an active region, all sections in the region will be promoted, including |
| 611 | the one at point. To avoid mistakes, @RefTeX{} requires a fresh | 611 | the one at point. To avoid mistakes, @RefTeX{} requires a fresh |
| 612 | document scan before executing this command -- if necessary, it will | 612 | document scan before executing this command; if necessary, it will |
| 613 | automatically do this scan and ask the user to repeat the promotion | 613 | automatically do this scan and ask the user to repeat the promotion |
| 614 | command. | 614 | command. |
| 615 | 615 | ||
| @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ useful when a package like @file{fancyref} is used where the label | |||
| 625 | prefix determines the wording of a reference. After a | 625 | prefix determines the wording of a reference. After a |
| 626 | promotion/demotion it may be necessary to change a few labels from | 626 | promotion/demotion it may be necessary to change a few labels from |
| 627 | @samp{sec:xyz} to @samp{cha:xyz} or vice versa. This command can be | 627 | @samp{sec:xyz} to @samp{cha:xyz} or vice versa. This command can be |
| 628 | used to do this - it launches a query replace to rename the definition | 628 | used to do this; it launches a query replace to rename the definition |
| 629 | and all references of a label. | 629 | and all references of a label. |
| 630 | 630 | ||
| 631 | @tablesubheading{Exiting} | 631 | @tablesubheading{Exiting} |
| @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ records the figure counter, not the section counter. | |||
| 787 | 787 | ||
| 788 | Several different environments can share a common counter and therefore | 788 | Several different environments can share a common counter and therefore |
| 789 | a common label category. For example labels in both @code{equation} and | 789 | a common label category. For example labels in both @code{equation} and |
| 790 | @code{eqnarray} environments record the value of the same counter -- the | 790 | @code{eqnarray} environments record the value of the same counter: the |
| 791 | equation counter. | 791 | equation counter. |
| 792 | 792 | ||
| 793 | @menu | 793 | @menu |
| @@ -1448,8 +1448,8 @@ The empty pairs of brackets indicate the different arguments of the | |||
| 1448 | indicates that this is a figure label which will be listed together with | 1448 | indicates that this is a figure label which will be listed together with |
| 1449 | labels from normal figure environments. The @code{nil} entries for | 1449 | labels from normal figure environments. The @code{nil} entries for |
| 1450 | prefix and reference format mean to use the defaults for figure labels. | 1450 | prefix and reference format mean to use the defaults for figure labels. |
| 1451 | The @samp{3} for the context method means to grab the third macro argument | 1451 | The @samp{3} for the context method means to grab the third macro argument: |
| 1452 | -- the caption. | 1452 | the caption. |
| 1453 | 1453 | ||
| 1454 | As a side effect of this configuration, @code{reftex-label} will now | 1454 | As a side effect of this configuration, @code{reftex-label} will now |
| 1455 | insert the required naked label (without the @code{\label} macro) when | 1455 | insert the required naked label (without the @code{\label} macro) when |
| @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ following is equivalent to the line above. | |||
| 1518 | @end lisp | 1518 | @end lisp |
| 1519 | 1519 | ||
| 1520 | Note that this is automatically done by the @file{amsmath.el} style file | 1520 | Note that this is automatically done by the @file{amsmath.el} style file |
| 1521 | of @AUCTeX{} (@pxref{Style Files}) -- so if you use @AUCTeX{}, | 1521 | of @AUCTeX{} (@pxref{Style Files}); so if you use @AUCTeX{}, |
| 1522 | this configuration will not be necessary. | 1522 | this configuration will not be necessary. |
| 1523 | 1523 | ||
| 1524 | @node Non-Standard Environments, Putting it Together, Using \eqref, Defining Label Environments | 1524 | @node Non-Standard Environments, Putting it Together, Using \eqref, Defining Label Environments |
| @@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ package where a macro call like @code{\fref@{@var{fig:map-of-germany}@}} | |||
| 1743 | creates not only the number of the referenced counter but also the | 1743 | creates not only the number of the referenced counter but also the |
| 1744 | complete text around it, like @samp{Figure 3 on the preceding page}. In | 1744 | complete text around it, like @samp{Figure 3 on the preceding page}. In |
| 1745 | order to make it work you need to use label prefixes like @samp{fig:} | 1745 | order to make it work you need to use label prefixes like @samp{fig:} |
| 1746 | consistently -- something @RefTeX{} does automatically. For each of | 1746 | consistently---something @RefTeX{} does automatically. For each of |
| 1747 | these packages a variable could be configured to make its macros to take | 1747 | these packages a variable could be configured to make its macros to take |
| 1748 | precedence over @code{\ref}. Those were @code{reftex-vref-is-default} | 1748 | precedence over @code{\ref}. Those were @code{reftex-vref-is-default} |
| 1749 | and @code{reftex-fref-is-default} respectively. While still working, | 1749 | and @code{reftex-fref-is-default} respectively. While still working, |
| @@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ format. A phrase line looks like this: | |||
| 2284 | @code{<TABs>} stands for white space containing at least one @key{TAB}. | 2284 | @code{<TABs>} stands for white space containing at least one @key{TAB}. |
| 2285 | @var{key} must be at the start of the line and is the character | 2285 | @var{key} must be at the start of the line and is the character |
| 2286 | identifying one of the macros defined in the file header. It is | 2286 | identifying one of the macros defined in the file header. It is |
| 2287 | optional - when omitted, the first macro definition line in the file | 2287 | optional; when omitted, the first macro definition line in the file |
| 2288 | will be used for this phrase. The @var{phrase} is the phrase to be | 2288 | will be used for this phrase. The @var{phrase} is the phrase to be |
| 2289 | searched for when indexing. It may contain several words separated by | 2289 | searched for when indexing. It may contain several words separated by |
| 2290 | spaces. By default the search phrase is also the text entered as | 2290 | spaces. By default the search phrase is also the text entered as |
| @@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ and will therefore create two different index entries. | |||
| 2330 | @kindex C-c C-s | 2330 | @kindex C-c C-s |
| 2331 | Before indexing the phrases in the phrases buffer, they should be | 2331 | Before indexing the phrases in the phrases buffer, they should be |
| 2332 | checked carefully for consistency. A first step is to sort the phrases | 2332 | checked carefully for consistency. A first step is to sort the phrases |
| 2333 | alphabetically - this is done with the command @kbd{C-c C-s} | 2333 | alphabetically; this is done with the command @kbd{C-c C-s} |
| 2334 | (@code{reftex-index-sort-phrases}). It will sort all phrases in the | 2334 | (@code{reftex-index-sort-phrases}). It will sort all phrases in the |
| 2335 | buffer alphabetically by search phrase. If you want to group certain | 2335 | buffer alphabetically by search phrase. If you want to group certain |
| 2336 | phrases and only sort within the groups, insert empty lines between the | 2336 | phrases and only sort within the groups, insert empty lines between the |
| @@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ unique. @code{?i}, @code{?I}, and @code{?g} are reserved for the | |||
| 2678 | respectively. | 2678 | respectively. |
| 2679 | 2679 | ||
| 2680 | The following string is empty unless your macro adds a superordinate | 2680 | The following string is empty unless your macro adds a superordinate |
| 2681 | entry to the index key - this is the case for the @code{\astobj} macro. | 2681 | entry to the index key; this is the case for the @code{\astobj} macro. |
| 2682 | 2682 | ||
| 2683 | The next entry can be a hook function to exclude certain matches, it | 2683 | The next entry can be a hook function to exclude certain matches, it |
| 2684 | almost always can be @code{nil}. | 2684 | almost always can be @code{nil}. |
| @@ -3740,8 +3740,8 @@ library which is part of @AUCTeX{}, the string is first processed with the | |||
| 3740 | @deffn Command reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word | 3740 | @deffn Command reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word |
| 3741 | Add current selection or the word at point to the phrases buffer. | 3741 | Add current selection or the word at point to the phrases buffer. |
| 3742 | When you are in transient-mark-mode and the region is active, the | 3742 | When you are in transient-mark-mode and the region is active, the |
| 3743 | selection will be used - otherwise the word at point. | 3743 | selection will be used; otherwise the word at point. |
| 3744 | You get a chance to edit the entry in the phrases buffer - to save the | 3744 | You get a chance to edit the entry in the phrases buffer; to save the |
| 3745 | buffer and return to the @LaTeX{} document, finish with @kbd{C-c C-c}. | 3745 | buffer and return to the @LaTeX{} document, finish with @kbd{C-c C-c}. |
| 3746 | @end deffn | 3746 | @end deffn |
| 3747 | 3747 | ||
| @@ -3881,7 +3881,7 @@ removes the parse file associated with the current document. | |||
| 3881 | @cindex Options, list of | 3881 | @cindex Options, list of |
| 3882 | 3882 | ||
| 3883 | Here is a complete list of @RefTeX{}'s configuration variables. All | 3883 | Here is a complete list of @RefTeX{}'s configuration variables. All |
| 3884 | variables have customize support - so if you are not familiar with Emacs | 3884 | variables have customize support, so if you are not familiar with Emacs |
| 3885 | Lisp (and even if you are) you might find it more comfortable to use | 3885 | Lisp (and even if you are) you might find it more comfortable to use |
| 3886 | @code{customize} to look at and change these variables. @kbd{M-x | 3886 | @code{customize} to look at and change these variables. @kbd{M-x |
| 3887 | reftex-customize} will get you there. | 3887 | reftex-customize} will get you there. |
| @@ -4061,7 +4061,7 @@ Name of the environment (like @samp{table}) or macro (like | |||
| 4061 | @samp{\myfig}). For macros, indicate the arguments, as in | 4061 | @samp{\myfig}). For macros, indicate the arguments, as in |
| 4062 | @samp{\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}}. Use square brackets for optional | 4062 | @samp{\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}}. Use square brackets for optional |
| 4063 | arguments, a star to mark the label argument, if any. The macro does | 4063 | arguments, a star to mark the label argument, if any. The macro does |
| 4064 | not have to have a label argument - you could also use | 4064 | not have to have a label argument; you could also use |
| 4065 | @samp{\label@{...@}} inside one of its arguments. | 4065 | @samp{\label@{...@}} inside one of its arguments. |
| 4066 | 4066 | ||
| 4067 | Special names: @code{section} for section labels, @code{any} to define a | 4067 | Special names: @code{section} for section labels, @code{any} to define a |
| @@ -4215,7 +4215,7 @@ names like @samp{chapter}, integer section levels (as given in | |||
| 4215 | @defopt reftex-default-context-regexps | 4215 | @defopt reftex-default-context-regexps |
| 4216 | Alist with default regular expressions for finding context. The emacs | 4216 | Alist with default regular expressions for finding context. The emacs |
| 4217 | lisp form @w{@code{(format regexp (regexp-quote environment))}} is used | 4217 | lisp form @w{@code{(format regexp (regexp-quote environment))}} is used |
| 4218 | to calculate the final regular expression - so @samp{%s} will be | 4218 | to calculate the final regular expression, so @samp{%s} will be |
| 4219 | replaced with the environment or macro. | 4219 | replaced with the environment or macro. |
| 4220 | @end defopt | 4220 | @end defopt |
| 4221 | 4221 | ||
| @@ -4404,7 +4404,7 @@ The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure), | |||
| 4404 | @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n} | 4404 | @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n} |
| 4405 | (footnote), plus any definitions in @code{reftex-label-alist}. | 4405 | (footnote), plus any definitions in @code{reftex-label-alist}. |
| 4406 | 4406 | ||
| 4407 | Most options can also be switched from the label menu itself - so if you | 4407 | Most options can also be switched from the label menu itself, so if you |
| 4408 | decide here to not have a table of contents in the label menu, you can | 4408 | decide here to not have a table of contents in the label menu, you can |
| 4409 | still get one interactively during selection from the label menu. | 4409 | still get one interactively during selection from the label menu. |
| 4410 | @end defopt | 4410 | @end defopt |
| @@ -4462,7 +4462,7 @@ Non-@code{nil} means, @code{reftex-reference} will try to guess the | |||
| 4462 | label type. To do that, @RefTeX{} will look at the word before the | 4462 | label type. To do that, @RefTeX{} will look at the word before the |
| 4463 | cursor and compare it with the magic words given in | 4463 | cursor and compare it with the magic words given in |
| 4464 | @code{reftex-label-alist}. When it finds a match, @RefTeX{} will | 4464 | @code{reftex-label-alist}. When it finds a match, @RefTeX{} will |
| 4465 | immediately offer the correct label menu - otherwise it will prompt you | 4465 | immediately offer the correct label menu; otherwise it will prompt you |
| 4466 | for a label type. If you set this variable to @code{nil}, @RefTeX{} | 4466 | for a label type. If you set this variable to @code{nil}, @RefTeX{} |
| 4467 | will always prompt for a label type. | 4467 | will always prompt for a label type. |
| 4468 | @end defopt | 4468 | @end defopt |
| @@ -4726,11 +4726,11 @@ The final entry may also be a symbol. It must have an association in | |||
| 4726 | the variable @code{reftex-index-macros-builtin} to specify the main | 4726 | the variable @code{reftex-index-macros-builtin} to specify the main |
| 4727 | indexing package you are using. Valid values are currently | 4727 | indexing package you are using. Valid values are currently |
| 4728 | @example | 4728 | @example |
| 4729 | default @r{The @LaTeX{} default - unnecessary to specify this one} | 4729 | default @r{The @LaTeX{} default; unnecessary to specify this one} |
| 4730 | multind @r{The multind.sty package} | 4730 | multind @r{The multind.sty package} |
| 4731 | index @r{The index.sty package} | 4731 | index @r{The index.sty package} |
| 4732 | index-shortcut @r{The index.sty packages with the ^ and _ shortcuts.} | 4732 | index-shortcut @r{The index.sty packages with the ^ and _ shortcuts.} |
| 4733 | @r{Should not be used - only for old documents} | 4733 | @r{Should not be used; only for old documents} |
| 4734 | @end example | 4734 | @end example |
| 4735 | Note that @AUCTeX{} sets these things internally for @RefTeX{} as well, | 4735 | Note that @AUCTeX{} sets these things internally for @RefTeX{} as well, |
| 4736 | so with a sufficiently new version of @AUCTeX{}, you should not set the | 4736 | so with a sufficiently new version of @AUCTeX{}, you should not set the |
| @@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ package here. | |||
| 4741 | The default index macro for @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}. | 4741 | The default index macro for @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}. |
| 4742 | This is a list with @code{(@var{macro-key} @var{default-tag})}. | 4742 | This is a list with @code{(@var{macro-key} @var{default-tag})}. |
| 4743 | 4743 | ||
| 4744 | @var{macro-key} is a character identifying an index macro - see | 4744 | @var{macro-key} is a character identifying an index macro; see |
| 4745 | @code{reftex-index-macros}. | 4745 | @code{reftex-index-macros}. |
| 4746 | 4746 | ||
| 4747 | @var{default-tag} is the tag to be used if the macro requires a | 4747 | @var{default-tag} is the tag to be used if the macro requires a |
| @@ -4829,7 +4829,7 @@ case, that match will be ignored. | |||
| 4829 | 4829 | ||
| 4830 | @defopt reftex-index-phrases-wrap-long-lines | 4830 | @defopt reftex-index-phrases-wrap-long-lines |
| 4831 | Non-@code{nil} means, when indexing from the phrases buffer, wrap lines. | 4831 | Non-@code{nil} means, when indexing from the phrases buffer, wrap lines. |
| 4832 | Inserting indexing commands in a line makes the line longer - often | 4832 | Inserting indexing commands in a line makes the line longer, often |
| 4833 | so long that it does not fit onto the screen. When this variable is | 4833 | so long that it does not fit onto the screen. When this variable is |
| 4834 | non-@code{nil}, newlines will be added as necessary before and/or after the | 4834 | non-@code{nil}, newlines will be added as necessary before and/or after the |
| 4835 | indexing command to keep lines short. However, the matched text | 4835 | indexing command to keep lines short. However, the matched text |
| @@ -5007,7 +5007,7 @@ Non-@code{nil} means, search all specified directories before trying | |||
| 5007 | recursion. Thus, in a path @samp{.//:/tex/}, search first @samp{./}, | 5007 | recursion. Thus, in a path @samp{.//:/tex/}, search first @samp{./}, |
| 5008 | then @samp{/tex/}, and then all subdirectories of @samp{./}. If this | 5008 | then @samp{/tex/}, and then all subdirectories of @samp{./}. If this |
| 5009 | option is @code{nil}, the subdirectories of @samp{./} are searched | 5009 | option is @code{nil}, the subdirectories of @samp{./} are searched |
| 5010 | before @samp{/tex/}. This is mainly for speed - most of the time the | 5010 | before @samp{/tex/}. This is mainly for speed; most of the time the |
| 5011 | recursive path is for the system files and not for the user files. Set | 5011 | recursive path is for the system files and not for the user files. Set |
| 5012 | this to @code{nil} if the default makes @RefTeX{} finding files with | 5012 | this to @code{nil} if the default makes @RefTeX{} finding files with |
| 5013 | equal names in wrong sequence. | 5013 | equal names in wrong sequence. |
| @@ -5128,7 +5128,7 @@ cannot be placed with certainty into the internal label list. | |||
| 5128 | @defopt reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers | 5128 | @defopt reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers |
| 5129 | Non-@code{nil} means use a separate selection buffer for each label | 5129 | Non-@code{nil} means use a separate selection buffer for each label |
| 5130 | type. These buffers are kept from one selection to the next and need | 5130 | type. These buffers are kept from one selection to the next and need |
| 5131 | not to be created for each use - so the menu generally comes up faster. | 5131 | not be created for each use, so the menu generally comes up faster. |
| 5132 | The selection buffers will be erased (and therefore updated) | 5132 | The selection buffers will be erased (and therefore updated) |
| 5133 | automatically when new labels in its category are added. See the | 5133 | automatically when new labels in its category are added. See the |
| 5134 | variable @code{reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers}. | 5134 | variable @code{reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers}. |
diff --git a/doc/misc/remember.texi b/doc/misc/remember.texi index 2faa57b3dc7..af1121a0d10 100644 --- a/doc/misc/remember.texi +++ b/doc/misc/remember.texi | |||
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ | |||
| 8 | @copying | 8 | @copying |
| 9 | This manual is for Remember Mode, version 1.9 | 9 | This manual is for Remember Mode, version 1.9 |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2004-2005, 2007-2012 | 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2004--2005, 2007--2012 |
| 12 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 12 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | @quotation | 14 | @quotation |
diff --git a/doc/misc/sasl.texi b/doc/misc/sasl.texi index 1d65186c9a5..86ef0e29b77 100644 --- a/doc/misc/sasl.texi +++ b/doc/misc/sasl.texi | |||
| @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ | |||
| 10 | @copying | 10 | @copying |
| 11 | This file describes the Emacs SASL library, version @value{VERSION}. | 11 | This file describes the Emacs SASL library, version @value{VERSION}. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 13 | Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2004--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | @quotation | 15 | @quotation |
| 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -54,18 +54,18 @@ SASL is a common interface to share several authentication mechanisms between | |||
| 54 | applications using different protocols. | 54 | applications using different protocols. |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | @ifnottex | 56 | @ifnottex |
| 57 | @insertcopying | 57 | @insertcopying |
| 58 | @end ifnottex | 58 | @end ifnottex |
| 59 | 59 | ||
| 60 | @menu | 60 | @menu |
| 61 | * Overview:: What Emacs SASL library is. | 61 | * Overview:: What Emacs SASL library is. |
| 62 | * How to use:: Adding authentication support to your applications. | 62 | * How to use:: Adding authentication support to your applications. |
| 63 | * Data types:: | 63 | * Data types:: |
| 64 | * Back end drivers:: Writing your own drivers. | 64 | * Back end drivers:: Writing your own drivers. |
| 65 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation. | 65 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation. |
| 66 | * Index:: | 66 | * Index:: |
| 67 | * Function Index:: | 67 | * Function Index:: |
| 68 | * Variable Index:: | 68 | * Variable Index:: |
| 69 | @end menu | 69 | @end menu |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | @node Overview | 71 | @node Overview |
| @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ security layer---a mechanism, a client parameter and an authentication | |||
| 106 | step. | 106 | step. |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | @menu | 108 | @menu |
| 109 | * Mechanisms:: | 109 | * Mechanisms:: |
| 110 | * Clients:: | 110 | * Clients:: |
| 111 | * Steps:: | 111 | * Steps:: |
| 112 | @end menu | 112 | @end menu |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | @node Mechanisms | 114 | @node Mechanisms |
diff --git a/doc/misc/sc.texi b/doc/misc/sc.texi index b1fd5475bd8..95b011cbd7e 100644 --- a/doc/misc/sc.texi +++ b/doc/misc/sc.texi | |||
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |||
| 14 | This document describes Supercite, an Emacs package for citing and | 14 | This document describes Supercite, an Emacs package for citing and |
| 15 | attributing replies to mail and news messages. | 15 | attributing replies to mail and news messages. |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | @quotation | 19 | @quotation |
| 20 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 20 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ recognizing specific alternative forms. | |||
| 1479 | @vindex sc-cite-frame-alist | 1479 | @vindex sc-cite-frame-alist |
| 1480 | @vindex sc-uncite-frame-alist | 1480 | @vindex sc-uncite-frame-alist |
| 1481 | @vindex sc-recite-frame-alist | 1481 | @vindex sc-recite-frame-alist |
| 1482 | For each of the actions -- citing, unciting, and reciting -- an alist is | 1482 | For each of the actions---citing, unciting, and reciting---an alist is |
| 1483 | consulted to find the frame to use (@code{sc-cite-frame-alist}, | 1483 | consulted to find the frame to use (@code{sc-cite-frame-alist}, |
| 1484 | @code{sc-uncite-frame-alist}, and @code{sc-recite-frame-alist} | 1484 | @code{sc-uncite-frame-alist}, and @code{sc-recite-frame-alist} |
| 1485 | respectively). These frames can contain alists of the form: | 1485 | respectively). These frames can contain alists of the form: |
diff --git a/doc/misc/semantic.texi b/doc/misc/semantic.texi index 7d966f29705..d4e3bcaa0b5 100644 --- a/doc/misc/semantic.texi +++ b/doc/misc/semantic.texi | |||
| @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ | |||
| 24 | @copying | 24 | @copying |
| 25 | This manual documents the Semantic library and utilities. | 25 | This manual documents the Semantic library and utilities. |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2005, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 27 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2005, 2007, 2009--2012 Free Software |
| 28 | Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 28 | 29 | ||
| 29 | @quotation | 30 | @quotation |
| 30 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 31 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/ses.texi b/doc/misc/ses.texi index 87d763b6894..1828ebd17be 100644 --- a/doc/misc/ses.texi +++ b/doc/misc/ses.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @copying | 11 | @copying |
| 12 | This file documents @acronym{SES}: the Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. | 12 | This file documents @acronym{SES}: the Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2002-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2002--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ Export a range of cells as tab-separated values (@code{ses-export-tsv}). | |||
| 751 | Export a range of cells as tab-separated formulas (@code{ses-export-tsf}). | 751 | Export a range of cells as tab-separated formulas (@code{ses-export-tsf}). |
| 752 | @end table | 752 | @end table |
| 753 | 753 | ||
| 754 | The exported text goes to the kill ring --- you can paste it into | 754 | The exported text goes to the kill ring; you can paste it into |
| 755 | another buffer. Columns are separated by tabs, rows by newlines. | 755 | another buffer. Columns are separated by tabs, rows by newlines. |
| 756 | 756 | ||
| 757 | To import text, use any of the yank commands where the text to paste | 757 | To import text, use any of the yank commands where the text to paste |
| @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ order to avoid a virus warning. | |||
| 947 | You can define functions by making them values for the fake local | 947 | You can define functions by making them values for the fake local |
| 948 | variable @code{eval}. Such functions can then be used in your | 948 | variable @code{eval}. Such functions can then be used in your |
| 949 | formulas and printers, but usually each @code{eval} is presented to | 949 | formulas and printers, but usually each @code{eval} is presented to |
| 950 | the user during file loading as a potential virus --- this can get | 950 | the user during file loading as a potential virus. This can get |
| 951 | annoying. | 951 | annoying. |
| 952 | 952 | ||
| 953 | You can define functions in your @file{.emacs} file. Other people can | 953 | You can define functions in your @file{.emacs} file. Other people can |
diff --git a/doc/misc/sieve.texi b/doc/misc/sieve.texi index 6d1897cee8f..55e07f75085 100644 --- a/doc/misc/sieve.texi +++ b/doc/misc/sieve.texi | |||
| @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ | |||
| 11 | @copying | 11 | @copying |
| 12 | This file documents the Emacs Sieve package, for server-side mail filtering. | 12 | This file documents the Emacs Sieve package, for server-side mail filtering. |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 14 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | @quotation | 16 | @quotation |
| 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 17 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Bury the Manage Sieve buffer without closing the connection. | |||
| 212 | @kindex ? | 212 | @kindex ? |
| 213 | @kindex h | 213 | @kindex h |
| 214 | @findex sieve-help | 214 | @findex sieve-help |
| 215 | Displays help in the minibuffer. | 215 | Displays help in the minibuffer. |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | @end table | 217 | @end table |
| 218 | 218 | ||
diff --git a/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi b/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi index 7b1c7641203..6a2dc505196 100644 --- a/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi +++ b/doc/misc/smtpmail.texi | |||
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |||
| 3 | @settitle Emacs SMTP Library | 3 | @settitle Emacs SMTP Library |
| 4 | @syncodeindex vr fn | 4 | @syncodeindex vr fn |
| 5 | @copying | 5 | @copying |
| 6 | Copyright @copyright{} 2003-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 6 | Copyright @copyright{} 2003--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | @quotation | 8 | @quotation |
| 9 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 9 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ not necessarily involve SMTP, however. Here is short overview of what | |||
| 70 | is involved. | 70 | is involved. |
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | @cindex MUA | 72 | @cindex MUA |
| 73 | The mail program --- also called a mail user agent (MUA) --- | 73 | The mail program---also called a mail user agent (MUA)---usually |
| 74 | usually sends outgoing mail to a mail host. When your computer is | 74 | sends outgoing mail to a mail host. When your computer is |
| 75 | permanently connected to the internet, it might even be a mail host | 75 | permanently connected to the internet, it might even be a mail host |
| 76 | itself. In this case, the MUA will pipe mail to the | 76 | itself. In this case, the MUA will pipe mail to the |
| 77 | @file{/usr/lib/sendmail} application. It will take care of your mail | 77 | @file{/usr/lib/sendmail} application. It will take care of your mail |
| @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ The variable @code{smtpmail-stream-type} controls what form of | |||
| 283 | connection the SMTP library uses. The default value is @code{nil}, | 283 | connection the SMTP library uses. The default value is @code{nil}, |
| 284 | which means to use a plain connection, but try to switch to a STARTTLS | 284 | which means to use a plain connection, but try to switch to a STARTTLS |
| 285 | encrypted connection if the server supports it. Other possible values | 285 | encrypted connection if the server supports it. Other possible values |
| 286 | are: @code{starttls} - insist on STARTTLS; @code{ssl} - use TLS/SSL; | 286 | are: @code{starttls} to insist on STARTTLS; @code{ssl} to use TLS/SSL; |
| 287 | and @code{plain} - no encryption. | 287 | and @code{plain} for encryption. |
| 288 | 288 | ||
| 289 | Use of any form of TLS/SSL requires support in Emacs. You can either | 289 | Use of any form of TLS/SSL requires support in Emacs. You can either |
| 290 | use the built-in support (in Emacs 24.1 and later), or the | 290 | use the built-in support (in Emacs 24.1 and later), or the |
diff --git a/doc/misc/speedbar.texi b/doc/misc/speedbar.texi index 70b5e2ad367..ac12d4a65a6 100644 --- a/doc/misc/speedbar.texi +++ b/doc/misc/speedbar.texi | |||
| @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ | |||
| 4 | @syncodeindex fn cp | 4 | @syncodeindex fn cp |
| 5 | 5 | ||
| 6 | @copying | 6 | @copying |
| 7 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 7 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | @quotation | 9 | @quotation |
| 10 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 10 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ an expanded summary of the entry the expansion button is | |||
| 68 | on. @xref{Basic Navigation}. | 68 | on. @xref{Basic Navigation}. |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| 70 | @ifnottex | 70 | @ifnottex |
| 71 | @insertcopying | 71 | @insertcopying |
| 72 | @end ifnottex | 72 | @end ifnottex |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | @menu | 74 | @menu |
diff --git a/doc/misc/srecode.texi b/doc/misc/srecode.texi index 36e5277c9ba..ddf37b98a37 100644 --- a/doc/misc/srecode.texi +++ b/doc/misc/srecode.texi | |||
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ | |||
| 15 | @c %**end of header | 15 | @c %**end of header |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | @copying | 17 | @copying |
| 18 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 18 | Copyright @copyright{} 2007--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | @quotation | 20 | @quotation |
| 21 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 21 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ show NAME | |||
| 463 | This will enable that section. | 463 | This will enable that section. |
| 464 | 464 | ||
| 465 | 465 | ||
| 466 | NOTE: May 11, 2008 - I haven't used this yet, so I don't know if it works. | 466 | NOTE: May 11, 2008: I haven't used this yet, so I don't know if it works. |
| 467 | 467 | ||
| 468 | 468 | ||
| 469 | @node Special Variables | 469 | @node Special Variables |
| @@ -575,10 +575,10 @@ macros which will enable different @var{sections}. The automatic | |||
| 575 | section variables are. | 575 | section variables are. |
| 576 | 576 | ||
| 577 | @itemize @bullet | 577 | @itemize @bullet |
| 578 | @item @var{first} - The first entry in the table. | 578 | @item @var{first}---The first entry in the table. |
| 579 | @item @var{notfirst} - Not the first entry in the table. | 579 | @item @var{notfirst}---Not the first entry in the table. |
| 580 | @item @var{last} - The last entry in the table | 580 | @item @var{last}---The last entry in the table |
| 581 | @item @var{notlast} - Not the last entry in the table. | 581 | @item @var{notlast}---Not the last entry in the table. |
| 582 | @end itemize | 582 | @end itemize |
| 583 | 583 | ||
| 584 | @node Compound Variable Values | 584 | @node Compound Variable Values |
| @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ This would be a field of the class being inserted into. | |||
| 1655 | 1655 | ||
| 1656 | Inside a body of code, such as a function or method body. | 1656 | Inside a body of code, such as a function or method body. |
| 1657 | 1657 | ||
| 1658 | - no conventions yet. | 1658 | ---no conventions yet. |
| 1659 | 1659 | ||
| 1660 | @section Standard Dictionary Values | 1660 | @section Standard Dictionary Values |
| 1661 | 1661 | ||
| @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ all template files for that application will be loaded. | |||
| 1779 | @end defun | 1779 | @end defun |
| 1780 | 1780 | ||
| 1781 | 1781 | ||
| 1782 | todo - Add examples. Most core stuff is already described above. | 1782 | todo: Add examples. Most core stuff is already described above. |
| 1783 | 1783 | ||
| 1784 | 1784 | ||
| 1785 | @node GNU Free Documentation License | 1785 | @node GNU Free Documentation License |
diff --git a/doc/misc/tramp.texi b/doc/misc/tramp.texi index bd73e1c55e6..f1e68ad3d7c 100644 --- a/doc/misc/tramp.texi +++ b/doc/misc/tramp.texi | |||
| @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ | |||
| 37 | @end macro | 37 | @end macro |
| 38 | 38 | ||
| 39 | @copying | 39 | @copying |
| 40 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 40 | Copyright @copyright{} 1999--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 41 | 41 | ||
| 42 | @quotation | 42 | @quotation |
| 43 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 43 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ transferred with the corresponding inline method. It should provide a | |||
| 762 | fair trade-off between both approaches. | 762 | fair trade-off between both approaches. |
| 763 | 763 | ||
| 764 | @table @asis | 764 | @table @asis |
| 765 | @item @option{rcp} --- @command{rsh} and @command{rcp} | 765 | @item @option{rcp}---@command{rsh} and @command{rcp} |
| 766 | @cindex method rcp | 766 | @cindex method rcp |
| 767 | @cindex rcp method | 767 | @cindex rcp method |
| 768 | @cindex rcp (with rcp method) | 768 | @cindex rcp (with rcp method) |
| @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ The alternative method @option{remcp} uses the @command{remsh} and | |||
| 777 | @command{remsh} is used instead of @command{rsh}. | 777 | @command{remsh} is used instead of @command{rsh}. |
| 778 | 778 | ||
| 779 | 779 | ||
| 780 | @item @option{scp} --- @command{ssh} and @command{scp} | 780 | @item @option{scp}---@command{ssh} and @command{scp} |
| 781 | @cindex method scp | 781 | @cindex method scp |
| 782 | @cindex scp method | 782 | @cindex scp method |
| 783 | @cindex scp (with scp method) | 783 | @cindex scp (with scp method) |
| @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ specify @samp{-p 42} in the argument list for @command{ssh}, and to | |||
| 807 | specify @samp{-P 42} in the argument list for @command{scp}. | 807 | specify @samp{-P 42} in the argument list for @command{scp}. |
| 808 | 808 | ||
| 809 | 809 | ||
| 810 | @item @option{sftp} --- @command{ssh} and @command{sftp} | 810 | @item @option{sftp}---@command{ssh} and @command{sftp} |
| 811 | @cindex method sftp | 811 | @cindex method sftp |
| 812 | @cindex sftp method | 812 | @cindex sftp method |
| 813 | @cindex sftp (with sftp method) | 813 | @cindex sftp (with sftp method) |
| @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ within this session. Instead of, @command{ssh} is used for login. | |||
| 823 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. | 823 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. |
| 824 | 824 | ||
| 825 | 825 | ||
| 826 | @item @option{rsync} --- @command{ssh} and @command{rsync} | 826 | @item @option{rsync}---@command{ssh} and @command{rsync} |
| 827 | @cindex method rsync | 827 | @cindex method rsync |
| 828 | @cindex rsync method | 828 | @cindex rsync method |
| 829 | @cindex rsync (with rsync method) | 829 | @cindex rsync (with rsync method) |
| @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ the corresponding buffer, visiting this file, is alive. | |||
| 844 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. | 844 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. |
| 845 | 845 | ||
| 846 | 846 | ||
| 847 | @item @option{scpx} --- @command{ssh} and @command{scp} | 847 | @item @option{scpx}---@command{ssh} and @command{scp} |
| 848 | @cindex method scpx | 848 | @cindex method scpx |
| 849 | @cindex scpx method | 849 | @cindex scpx method |
| 850 | @cindex scp (with scpx method) | 850 | @cindex scp (with scpx method) |
| @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ to not print any shell prompt, which confuses @value{tramp} mightily. | |||
| 867 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. | 867 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. |
| 868 | 868 | ||
| 869 | 869 | ||
| 870 | @item @option{scpc} --- @command{ssh} and @command{scp} | 870 | @item @option{scpc}---@command{ssh} and @command{scp} |
| 871 | @cindex method scpc | 871 | @cindex method scpc |
| 872 | @cindex scpc method | 872 | @cindex scpc method |
| 873 | @cindex scp (with scpc method) | 873 | @cindex scp (with scpc method) |
| @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ version, must be set to @option{no}. | |||
| 898 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. | 898 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. |
| 899 | 899 | ||
| 900 | 900 | ||
| 901 | @item @option{rsyncc} --- @command{ssh} and @command{rsync} | 901 | @item @option{rsyncc}---@command{ssh} and @command{rsync} |
| 902 | @cindex method rsyncc | 902 | @cindex method rsyncc |
| 903 | @cindex rsyncc method | 903 | @cindex rsyncc method |
| 904 | @cindex rsync (with rsyncc method) | 904 | @cindex rsync (with rsyncc method) |
| @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ which increases performance. | |||
| 912 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. | 912 | This method supports the @samp{-p} argument. |
| 913 | 913 | ||
| 914 | 914 | ||
| 915 | @item @option{pscp} --- @command{plink} and @command{pscp} | 915 | @item @option{pscp}---@command{plink} and @command{pscp} |
| 916 | @cindex method pscp | 916 | @cindex method pscp |
| 917 | @cindex pscp method | 917 | @cindex pscp method |
| 918 | @cindex pscp (with pscp method) | 918 | @cindex pscp (with pscp method) |
| @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ of PuTTY, an SSH implementation for Windows. | |||
| 927 | This method supports the @samp{-P} argument. | 927 | This method supports the @samp{-P} argument. |
| 928 | 928 | ||
| 929 | 929 | ||
| 930 | @item @option{psftp} --- @command{plink} and @command{psftp} | 930 | @item @option{psftp}---@command{plink} and @command{psftp} |
| 931 | @cindex method psftp | 931 | @cindex method psftp |
| 932 | @cindex psftp method | 932 | @cindex psftp method |
| 933 | @cindex psftp (with psftp method) | 933 | @cindex psftp (with psftp method) |
| @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ part of PuTTY, an SSH implementation for Windows. | |||
| 942 | This method supports the @samp{-P} argument. | 942 | This method supports the @samp{-P} argument. |
| 943 | 943 | ||
| 944 | 944 | ||
| 945 | @item @option{fcp} --- @command{fsh} and @command{fcp} | 945 | @item @option{fcp}---@command{fsh} and @command{fcp} |
| 946 | @cindex method fcp | 946 | @cindex method fcp |
| 947 | @cindex fcp method | 947 | @cindex fcp method |
| 948 | @cindex fsh (with fcp method) | 948 | @cindex fsh (with fcp method) |
| @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ This works only for unified filenames, see @ref{Issues}. | |||
| 981 | @end ifset | 981 | @end ifset |
| 982 | 982 | ||
| 983 | 983 | ||
| 984 | @item @option{smb} --- @command{smbclient} | 984 | @item @option{smb}---@command{smbclient} |
| 985 | @cindex method smb | 985 | @cindex method smb |
| 986 | @cindex smb method | 986 | @cindex smb method |
| 987 | 987 | ||
| @@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ but it is not at the end of the buffer. | |||
| 1865 | This regular expression is used by @value{tramp} in the same way as | 1865 | This regular expression is used by @value{tramp} in the same way as |
| 1866 | @code{shell-prompt-pattern}, to match prompts from the remote shell. | 1866 | @code{shell-prompt-pattern}, to match prompts from the remote shell. |
| 1867 | This second variable exists because the prompt from the remote shell | 1867 | This second variable exists because the prompt from the remote shell |
| 1868 | might be different from the prompt from a local shell --- after all, | 1868 | might be different from the prompt from a local shell---after all, |
| 1869 | the whole point of @value{tramp} is to log in to remote hosts as a | 1869 | the whole point of @value{tramp} is to log in to remote hosts as a |
| 1870 | different user. The default value of | 1870 | different user. The default value of |
| 1871 | @code{tramp-shell-prompt-pattern} is the same as the default value of | 1871 | @code{tramp-shell-prompt-pattern} is the same as the default value of |
| @@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ This edits the same file, using the fully qualified domain name of | |||
| 2291 | the machine. | 2291 | the machine. |
| 2292 | 2292 | ||
| 2293 | @item @trampfn{, , melancholia, ~/.emacs} | 2293 | @item @trampfn{, , melancholia, ~/.emacs} |
| 2294 | This also edits the same file --- the @file{~} is expanded to your | 2294 | This also edits the same file; the @file{~} is expanded to your |
| 2295 | home directory on the remote machine, just like it is locally. | 2295 | home directory on the remote machine, just like it is locally. |
| 2296 | 2296 | ||
| 2297 | @item @trampfn{, , melancholia, ~daniel/.emacs} | 2297 | @item @trampfn{, , melancholia, ~daniel/.emacs} |
| @@ -2380,13 +2380,13 @@ For the time being, @code{tramp-syntax} can have the following values: | |||
| 2380 | 2380 | ||
| 2381 | @itemize @w{} | 2381 | @itemize @w{} |
| 2382 | @ifset emacs | 2382 | @ifset emacs |
| 2383 | @item @code{ftp} -- That is the default syntax | 2383 | @item @code{ftp}---That is the default syntax |
| 2384 | @item @code{url} -- URL-like syntax | 2384 | @item @code{url}---URL-like syntax |
| 2385 | @end ifset | 2385 | @end ifset |
| 2386 | @ifset xemacs | 2386 | @ifset xemacs |
| 2387 | @item @code{sep} -- That is the default syntax | 2387 | @item @code{sep}---That is the default syntax |
| 2388 | @item @code{url} -- URL-like syntax | 2388 | @item @code{url}---URL-like syntax |
| 2389 | @item @code{ftp} -- EFS-like syntax | 2389 | @item @code{ftp}---EFS-like syntax |
| 2390 | @end ifset | 2390 | @end ifset |
| 2391 | @end itemize | 2391 | @end itemize |
| 2392 | 2392 | ||
diff --git a/doc/misc/url.texi b/doc/misc/url.texi index a5d40e8bf6f..23da24c630c 100644 --- a/doc/misc/url.texi +++ b/doc/misc/url.texi | |||
| @@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ | |||
| 20 | @copying | 20 | @copying |
| 21 | This is the manual for the @code{url} Emacs Lisp library. | 21 | This is the manual for the @code{url} Emacs Lisp library. |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | Copyright @copyright{} 1993-1999, 2002, 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 23 | Copyright @copyright{} 1993--1999, 2002, 2004--2012 Free Software |
| 24 | Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 24 | 25 | ||
| 25 | @quotation | 26 | @quotation |
| 26 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 27 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/vip.texi b/doc/misc/vip.texi index d81ae182a13..f977387c414 100644 --- a/doc/misc/vip.texi +++ b/doc/misc/vip.texi | |||
| @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | |||
| 3 | @settitle VIP | 3 | @settitle VIP |
| 4 | 4 | ||
| 5 | @copying | 5 | @copying |
| 6 | Copyright @copyright{} 1987, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 6 | Copyright @copyright{} 1987, 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | @quotation | 8 | @quotation |
| 9 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 9 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/viper.texi b/doc/misc/viper.texi index 2caad2090f6..1297fdb672b 100644 --- a/doc/misc/viper.texi +++ b/doc/misc/viper.texi | |||
| @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ | |||
| 7 | @setfilename ../../info/viper | 7 | @setfilename ../../info/viper |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | @copying | 9 | @copying |
| 10 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995-1997, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 10 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995--1997, 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 11 | 11 | ||
| 12 | @quotation | 12 | @quotation |
| 13 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 13 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Viper, formerly known as VIP-19, was written by Michael Kifer. It is based | |||
| 75 | on VIP version 3.5 by Masahiko Sato and VIP version 4.4 by Aamod Sane. | 75 | on VIP version 3.5 by Masahiko Sato and VIP version 4.4 by Aamod Sane. |
| 76 | About 15% of the code still comes from those older packages. | 76 | About 15% of the code still comes from those older packages. |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | Viper is intended to be usable without reading this manual --- the defaults | 78 | Viper is intended to be usable without reading this manual; the defaults |
| 79 | are set to make Viper as close to Vi as possible. At startup, Viper will | 79 | are set to make Viper as close to Vi as possible. At startup, Viper will |
| 80 | try to set the most appropriate default environment for you, based on | 80 | try to set the most appropriate default environment for you, based on |
| 81 | your familiarity with Emacs. It will also tell you the basic GNU Emacs window | 81 | your familiarity with Emacs. It will also tell you the basic GNU Emacs window |
| @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ Viper was written by Michael Kifer. It is based on VIP version 3.5 by | |||
| 133 | Masahiko Sato and VIP version 4.4 by Aamod Sane. About 15% of the code | 133 | Masahiko Sato and VIP version 4.4 by Aamod Sane. About 15% of the code |
| 134 | still comes from those older packages. | 134 | still comes from those older packages. |
| 135 | 135 | ||
| 136 | Viper is intended to be usable out of the box, without reading this manual | 136 | Viper is intended to be usable out of the box, without reading this manual; |
| 137 | --- the defaults are set to make Viper as close to Vi as possible. At | 137 | the defaults are set to make Viper as close to Vi as possible. At |
| 138 | startup, Viper will attempt to set the most appropriate default environment | 138 | startup, Viper will attempt to set the most appropriate default environment |
| 139 | for you, based on your familiarity with Emacs. It will also tell you the | 139 | for you, based on your familiarity with Emacs. It will also tell you the |
| 140 | basic GNU Emacs window management commands to help you start immediately. | 140 | basic GNU Emacs window management commands to help you start immediately. |
| @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ doing soon!), you should learn about the meaning of the various keys in | |||
| 446 | those special modes (typing @kbd{C-h m} in a buffer provides | 446 | those special modes (typing @kbd{C-h m} in a buffer provides |
| 447 | help with key bindings for the major mode of that buffer). | 447 | help with key bindings for the major mode of that buffer). |
| 448 | 448 | ||
| 449 | If you switch to Vi in Dired or similar modes---no harm is done. It is just | 449 | If you switch to Vi in Dired or similar modes, no harm is done. It is just |
| 450 | that the special key bindings provided by those modes will be temporarily | 450 | that the special key bindings provided by those modes will be temporarily |
| 451 | overshadowed by Viper's bindings. Switching back to Viper's Emacs state | 451 | overshadowed by Viper's bindings. Switching back to Viper's Emacs state |
| 452 | will revive the environment provided by the current major mode. | 452 | will revive the environment provided by the current major mode. |
| @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ If not @code{nil}, search wraps around the end/beginning of buffer. | |||
| 1714 | @item viper-search-scroll-threshold 2 | 1714 | @item viper-search-scroll-threshold 2 |
| 1715 | If search lands within this many lines of the window top or bottom, the | 1715 | If search lands within this many lines of the window top or bottom, the |
| 1716 | window will be scrolled up or down by about 1/7-th of its size, to reveal | 1716 | window will be scrolled up or down by about 1/7-th of its size, to reveal |
| 1717 | the context. If the value is negative---don't scroll. | 1717 | the context. If the value is negative, don't scroll. |
| 1718 | @item viper-tags-file-name "TAGS" | 1718 | @item viper-tags-file-name "TAGS" |
| 1719 | The name of the file used as the tag table. | 1719 | The name of the file used as the tag table. |
| 1720 | @item viper-re-query-replace nil | 1720 | @item viper-re-query-replace nil |
| @@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ type @kbd{C-x q} (for confirmation) or @kbd{C-u C-x q} (for prompt). | |||
| 2785 | For details, @pxref{Keyboard Macro Query,,Customization,emacs,The GNU Emacs | 2785 | For details, @pxref{Keyboard Macro Query,,Customization,emacs,The GNU Emacs |
| 2786 | Manual} @refill | 2786 | Manual} @refill |
| 2787 | 2787 | ||
| 2788 | When the user finishes defining a macro (which is done by typing @kbd{C-x)} --- | 2788 | When the user finishes defining a macro (which is done by typing @kbd{C-x)}, |
| 2789 | a departure from Vi), you will be asked whether you want this | 2789 | a departure from Vi), you will be asked whether you want this |
| 2790 | macro to be global, mode-specific, or buffer-specific. You will also be | 2790 | macro to be global, mode-specific, or buffer-specific. You will also be |
| 2791 | given a chance to save the macro in your @file{~/.viper} file. | 2791 | given a chance to save the macro in your @file{~/.viper} file. |
| @@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ inserts them automatically in front of the Ex command. | |||
| 3264 | @item <count> $ | 3264 | @item <count> $ |
| 3265 | To the end of line <count> from the cursor. | 3265 | To the end of line <count> from the cursor. |
| 3266 | @item <count> ^ | 3266 | @item <count> ^ |
| 3267 | To the first CHAR <count> - 1 lines lower. | 3267 | To the first CHAR <count> @minus{} 1 lines lower. |
| 3268 | @item <count> - | 3268 | @item <count> - |
| 3269 | To the first CHAR <count> lines higher. | 3269 | To the first CHAR <count> lines higher. |
| 3270 | @item <count> + <cr> | 3270 | @item <count> + <cr> |
| @@ -3646,10 +3646,10 @@ Shift <count> lines one shiftwidth to the left. | |||
| 3646 | 3646 | ||
| 3647 | @table @kbd | 3647 | @table @kbd |
| 3648 | @item <count> r<char> | 3648 | @item <count> r<char> |
| 3649 | Replace <count> chars by <char> - no <esc>. | 3649 | Replace <count> chars by <char>; no <esc>. |
| 3650 | @item <count> R | 3650 | @item <count> R |
| 3651 | Overwrite the rest of the line, | 3651 | Overwrite the rest of the line, |
| 3652 | appending change @var{count - 1} times. | 3652 | appending change @var{count} @minus{} 1 times. |
| 3653 | @item <count> s | 3653 | @item <count> s |
| 3654 | Substitute <count> chars. | 3654 | Substitute <count> chars. |
| 3655 | @item <count> S | 3655 | @item <count> S |
| @@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ Change from begin to endpoint of <count><move>. | |||
| 3659 | @item <count> cc | 3659 | @item <count> cc |
| 3660 | Change <count> lines. | 3660 | Change <count> lines. |
| 3661 | @item <count> C | 3661 | @item <count> C |
| 3662 | The rest of the line and <count> - 1 next lines. | 3662 | The rest of the line and <count> @minus{} 1 next lines. |
| 3663 | @item <count> =<move> | 3663 | @item <count> =<move> |
| 3664 | Reindent the region described by move. | 3664 | Reindent the region described by move. |
| 3665 | @item <count> ~ | 3665 | @item <count> ~ |
| @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ give file name, status, current line number | |||
| 3912 | and relative position.@* | 3912 | and relative position.@* |
| 3913 | At user levels 2 and higher, abort the current command. | 3913 | At user levels 2 and higher, abort the current command. |
| 3914 | @item C-c g | 3914 | @item C-c g |
| 3915 | Give file name, status, current line number and relative position -- all | 3915 | Give file name, status, current line number and relative position---all |
| 3916 | user levels. | 3916 | user levels. |
| 3917 | @item C-l | 3917 | @item C-l |
| 3918 | Refresh the screen. | 3918 | Refresh the screen. |
| @@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ Save and kill buffer. | |||
| 4021 | @item :x!@: [<file>] | 4021 | @item :x!@: [<file>] |
| 4022 | @kbd{:w![<file>]} and @kbd{:q}. | 4022 | @kbd{:w![<file>]} and @kbd{:q}. |
| 4023 | @item :pre | 4023 | @item :pre |
| 4024 | Preserve the file -- autosave buffers. | 4024 | Preserve the file---autosave buffers. |
| 4025 | @item :rec | 4025 | @item :rec |
| 4026 | Recover file from autosave. | 4026 | Recover file from autosave. |
| 4027 | @item :f [<file>] | 4027 | @item :f [<file>] |
| @@ -4253,7 +4253,7 @@ Run the make command in the current directory. | |||
| 4253 | @item autoindent | 4253 | @item autoindent |
| 4254 | @itemx ai | 4254 | @itemx ai |
| 4255 | @cindex autoindent | 4255 | @cindex autoindent |
| 4256 | autoindent -- In append mode after a <cr> the | 4256 | autoindent: In append mode after a <cr> the |
| 4257 | cursor will move directly below the first | 4257 | cursor will move directly below the first |
| 4258 | character on the previous line. | 4258 | character on the previous line. |
| 4259 | This setting affects the current buffer only. | 4259 | This setting affects the current buffer only. |
| @@ -4269,7 +4269,7 @@ Cancel autoindent-global. | |||
| 4269 | @item ignorecase | 4269 | @item ignorecase |
| 4270 | @itemx ic | 4270 | @itemx ic |
| 4271 | @cindex case and searching | 4271 | @cindex case and searching |
| 4272 | ignorecase -- No distinction between upper and lower cases when searching. | 4272 | ignorecase: No distinction between upper and lower cases when searching. |
| 4273 | @item noignorecase | 4273 | @item noignorecase |
| 4274 | @itemx noic | 4274 | @itemx noic |
| 4275 | Cancel ignorecase. | 4275 | Cancel ignorecase. |
| @@ -4283,7 +4283,7 @@ Cancel magic. | |||
| 4283 | @item readonly | 4283 | @item readonly |
| 4284 | @itemx ro | 4284 | @itemx ro |
| 4285 | @cindex readonly files | 4285 | @cindex readonly files |
| 4286 | readonly -- The file is not to be changed. | 4286 | readonly: The file is not to be changed. |
| 4287 | If the user attempts to write to this file, confirmation will be requested. | 4287 | If the user attempts to write to this file, confirmation will be requested. |
| 4288 | @item noreadonly | 4288 | @item noreadonly |
| 4289 | @itemx noro | 4289 | @itemx noro |
| @@ -4291,18 +4291,18 @@ Cancel readonly. | |||
| 4291 | @item shell=<string> | 4291 | @item shell=<string> |
| 4292 | @itemx sh=<string> | 4292 | @itemx sh=<string> |
| 4293 | @cindex shell | 4293 | @cindex shell |
| 4294 | shell -- The program to be used for shell escapes | 4294 | shell: The program to be used for shell escapes |
| 4295 | (default @samp{$SHELL} (default @file{/bin/sh})). | 4295 | (default @samp{$SHELL} (default @file{/bin/sh})). |
| 4296 | @item shiftwidth=<count> | 4296 | @item shiftwidth=<count> |
| 4297 | @itemx sw=<count> | 4297 | @itemx sw=<count> |
| 4298 | @cindex layout | 4298 | @cindex layout |
| 4299 | @cindex shifting text | 4299 | @cindex shifting text |
| 4300 | shiftwidth -- Gives the shiftwidth (default 8 positions). | 4300 | shiftwidth: Gives the shiftwidth (default 8 positions). |
| 4301 | @item showmatch | 4301 | @item showmatch |
| 4302 | @itemx sm | 4302 | @itemx sm |
| 4303 | @cindex paren matching | 4303 | @cindex paren matching |
| 4304 | @cindex matching parens | 4304 | @cindex matching parens |
| 4305 | showmatch -- Whenever you append a @kbd{)}, Vi shows | 4305 | showmatch: Whenever you append a @kbd{)}, Vi shows |
| 4306 | its match if it's on the same page; also with | 4306 | its match if it's on the same page; also with |
| 4307 | @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}}. If there's no match, Vi will beep. | 4307 | @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}}. If there's no match, Vi will beep. |
| 4308 | @item noshowmatch | 4308 | @item noshowmatch |
| @@ -4312,7 +4312,7 @@ Cancel showmatch. | |||
| 4312 | @itemx ts=<count> | 4312 | @itemx ts=<count> |
| 4313 | @cindex changing tab width | 4313 | @cindex changing tab width |
| 4314 | @cindex tabbing | 4314 | @cindex tabbing |
| 4315 | tabstop -- The length of a <ht>; warning: this is | 4315 | tabstop: The length of a <ht>; warning: this is |
| 4316 | only IN the editor, outside of it <ht>s have | 4316 | only IN the editor, outside of it <ht>s have |
| 4317 | their normal length (default 8 positions). | 4317 | their normal length (default 8 positions). |
| 4318 | This setting affects the current buffer only. | 4318 | This setting affects the current buffer only. |
| @@ -4323,13 +4323,13 @@ Same as `tabstop', but affects all buffers. | |||
| 4323 | @itemx wm=<count> | 4323 | @itemx wm=<count> |
| 4324 | @cindex auto fill | 4324 | @cindex auto fill |
| 4325 | @cindex word wrap | 4325 | @cindex word wrap |
| 4326 | wrapmargin -- In append mode Vi automatically | 4326 | wrapmargin: In append mode Vi automatically |
| 4327 | puts a <lf> whenever there is a <sp> or <ht> | 4327 | puts a <lf> whenever there is a <sp> or <ht> |
| 4328 | within <wm> columns from the right margin. | 4328 | within <wm> columns from the right margin. |
| 4329 | @item wrapscan | 4329 | @item wrapscan |
| 4330 | @itemx ws | 4330 | @itemx ws |
| 4331 | @cindex searching | 4331 | @cindex searching |
| 4332 | wrapscan -- When searching, the end is | 4332 | wrapscan: When searching, the end is |
| 4333 | considered @samp{stuck} to the begin of the file. | 4333 | considered @samp{stuck} to the begin of the file. |
| 4334 | @item nowrapscan | 4334 | @item nowrapscan |
| 4335 | @itemx nows | 4335 | @itemx nows |
diff --git a/doc/misc/widget.texi b/doc/misc/widget.texi index 78048d07c77..d5514fc936c 100644 --- a/doc/misc/widget.texi +++ b/doc/misc/widget.texi | |||
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ | |||
| 8 | @c %**end of header | 8 | @c %**end of header |
| 9 | 9 | ||
| 10 | @copying | 10 | @copying |
| 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 11 | Copyright @copyright{} 2000--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | @quotation | 13 | @quotation |
| 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
diff --git a/doc/misc/wisent.texi b/doc/misc/wisent.texi index 59a1fcf904a..a4ebb76a6ff 100644 --- a/doc/misc/wisent.texi +++ b/doc/misc/wisent.texi | |||
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ | |||
| 23 | @c %**end of header | 23 | @c %**end of header |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | @copying | 25 | @copying |
| 26 | Copyright @copyright{} 1988-1993, 1995, 1998-2004, 2007, 2012 | 26 | Copyright @copyright{} 1988--1993, 1995, 1998--2004, 2007, 2012 |
| 27 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 27 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | @c Since we are both GNU manuals, we do not need to ack each other here. | 29 | @c Since we are both GNU manuals, we do not need to ack each other here. |
diff --git a/doc/misc/woman.texi b/doc/misc/woman.texi index f9ca026cbb0..d7736a2aefc 100644 --- a/doc/misc/woman.texi +++ b/doc/misc/woman.texi | |||
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |||
| 14 | This file documents WoMan: A program to browse Unix manual pages `W.O. | 14 | This file documents WoMan: A program to browse Unix manual pages `W.O. |
| 15 | (without) man'. | 15 | (without) man'. |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 17 | Copyright @copyright{} 2001--2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | @quotation | 19 | @quotation |
| 20 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | 20 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |